ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS WIRING DUCT - avancel.com.mx

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview

WIRING DUCT From the smallest wall mounted panels to the largest integrated turnkey systems PANDUIT ® PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct is the premium wire management solution for routing and concealing wiring in electrical control panels. PANDUCT ® Wiring Ducts provide solutions for the Original Equipment Manufacturing, Transportation, Contract Manufacturing, Maintenance & Repair and Communications markets. All PANDUCT ® Wiring Ducts are UL Recognized and CSA Certified and most carry the CE mark.

Some of the features and benefits found in PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct include:

B1.Cable Ties

B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

• Smooth corners and edges that will not abrade wiring or irritate hands

C1.Wiring Duct

• Integrated nonskid liners and unique cover designs insure the duct cover will not slide once installed or during vibration

C2. Surface Raceway

• Specially formulated lead-free PVC material meets the NFPA79: 2002 flame retardancy requirements and carries a UL94V-0 flammability rating • Scorelines for easy removal of duct fingers and sidewalls • Accessories and tools that increase productivity and lower the installed cost PANDUIT continues to develop new PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct solutions to satisfy the challenges facing our customers worldwide. Now with additional sizes, Type H features a PANDUIT exclusive dual-sided hinging cover providing more convenient channel access and preventing lost covers for superior aesthetics. An alternative to traditional Noryl* ducts, Type NNC is halogen free, has a preferred UL94V-0 flammability rating and a UL continuous use temperature of up to 203°F (95°C).Type TMC Low Smoke and Low Toxicity Metric Wiring Duct is a narrow finger style that meets the flame,smoke and toxicity regulatory requirements for Mass Transit Rail applications.

C3. Abrasion Protection

C4. Cable Management

D1.Terminals

D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

*NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.

E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

F. Index

For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.

C1.1


Wiring Duct for Control Panel Applications B1.Cable Ties

2 B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

4 C3. Abrasion Protection


1

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

A

5

E2. Labels


A E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

F. Index

C1.2

For information on FL Wiring Duct and other PANDUCT ® Accessories (pages C1.24-C1.31)

3


Wiring Duct for Control Panel Applications (continued) B1.Cable Ties

PANDUCT Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct (pages C1.4 – C1.5) ®

1


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

2

PANDUCT ® Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct (pages C1.8 – C1.9)

C2. Surface Raceway



3

PANDUCT ® Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct (pages C1.6 – C1.7) D1.Terminals


4

E1. Labeling System

PANDUCT ® Type MC Metric Wiring Duct (pages C1.12 – C1.13)

E2. Labels


5

PANDUCT ® Type D Flush Cover Round Hole Wiring Duct (pages C1.10 – C1.11)


F. Index


C1.3


Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type H – Hinged Cover Wiring Duct Available in eight sizes from 1.5" x 2" up to 4" x 4" in Light Gray, Black and White colors. B1.Cable Ties

Dual-sided hinge cover opens up to 100° from either sidewall of duct for up to 20% faster wiring changes


Cover removal rib eases cover opening for quick channel access during wiring changes

Cover retention flange enables simple “push-on” installation saving time and hassle

B3. Stainless Steel

Robust channel profile withstands a side impact force up to two times greater than conventional wiring duct

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



Upper and lower scoreline allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time

Save Time and Material Replacement Costs

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

Conventional Method ■

With Hinged Cover Wiring Duct

By avoiding the time and hassle in removing and replacing covers, simple wiring changes can be made up to 20% faster compared to conventional wiring duct installations*

E2. Labels

Avoid Cover Replacement Costs E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers


■

Covers represent 20% of the cost of the wiring duct purchase

■

Misplaced covers are a common occurrence after years of use

■

Not needing to remove covers during maintenance ensures better aesthetics and safety and avoids the cost to replace lost covers.

% of Wiring Duct Cost

Base

0%

20%

40%

Cover

60%

80%

100%

F. Index *Based on mock panel installations of Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct and other commonly available wiring ducts adding a single component with four wires.

C1.4

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.


PANDUCT ® Type H – Hinged Cover Wiring Duct • Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material • Provided with mounting holes

• Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0

Base Part Number H1.5X2LG6 H1.5X3LG6 H2X2LG6 H2X3LG6 H2X4LG6 H3X3LG6 H3X4LG6 H4X4LG6

H

Duct Size W x H In. mm 1.75 x 1.98 44.5 x 50.3 1.75 x 3.06 44.5 x 77.7 2.17 x 1.98 55.1 x 50.3 2.17 x 3.06 55.1 x 77.7 2.17 X 4.10 55.1 X 104.1 3.25 x 3.06 82.6 x 77.7 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1

Slot Width In. mm .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9

Cover Part Number HC1.5LG6 HC1.5LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC3LG6 HC3LG6 HC4LG6

Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Std. Pkg. Qty 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 120 120 60 60 60 60 60

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

W

PANDUCT ® Type HS – Hinged Cover Solid Wall Raceway • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C)

Base Part Number HS1.5X2LG6NM HS1.5X3LG6NM HS2X2LG6NM HS2X3LG6NM HS2X4LG6NM HS3X3LG6NM HS3X4LG6NM HS4X4LG6NM


• UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 • Supplied without mounting holes

Duct Size In. 1.75 x 1.98 1.75 x 3.06 2.17 x 1.98 2.17 x 3.06 2.17 x 4.10 3.25 x 3.06 3.25 x 4.10 4.25 x 4.10

(W x H) mm 44.5 x 50.3 44.5 x 77.7 55.1 x 50.3 55.1 x 77.7 55.1 x 104.1 82.6 x 77.7 82.6 x 104.1 108.0 x 104.1

Cover Part Number HC1.5LG6 HC1.5LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC3LG6 HC3LG6 HC4LG6

Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Std. Pkg. Qty. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 60 120 60 60 60 60 60

Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For BL (Black) and WH (White) colors see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.

Ease of Installation and Access


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

Push-On Cover/Dual Sided Hinging Cover ■

■

Cover retention flanges guide duct fingers into cover for simple push-on cover installation

E2. Labels

Cover can hinge open to 100° from either sidewall to allow full channel access

Robust Profile with Superior Cover Performance ■

Covers fully engages fingers limiting sidewall flex for greater rigidity and durability*

■

Cover retention strength in vertical applications is up to 2 times greater than conventional wiring ducts**

■

Up to 2 times the side impact force is required to disengage the cover compared to conventional wiring ducts**



F. Index **Based on test and measurements comparing Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct and other commonly available wiring ducts. For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.

C1.5


Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type G – Wide Slot Wiring Duct Available in 36 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 6" x 4" in a variety of colors. B1.Cable Ties


Exclusive PANDUIT smooth rounded edges prevents wiring abrasion

Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide

Flush cover design provides a neat and finished appearance

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

Wide finger/slot design provides greater rigidity and allows use with a wide range of wire and bundle sizes

C2. Surface Raceway



Specially formulated lead-free PVC material Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time

Restricted slot design retains wires, eliminating hassle and saving time

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type G Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.26.

PANDUCT ® Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. Available in solid or slotted wall styles. See page C1.24.

PANDUCT ® Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.

PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.

E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.6




PANDUCT ® Type G – Wide Slot Wiring Duct • Wide slot/finger design provides greater sidewall rigidity and can be used with a wide range of wire bundle sizes • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0

Base Part Number G.5X.5LG6 G.5X1LG6 G.5X2LG6 G.5X4LG6 G.75X.75LG6 G.75X1LG6 G.75X1.5LG6 W

G.75X2LG6 G1X1LG6 G1X1.5LG6

H

G1X2LG6 G1X3LG6 G1X4LG6 G1.5X1LG6 G1.5X1.5LG6 G1.5X2LG6 G1.5X3LG6 G1.5X4LG6 G2X1LG6 G2X1.5LG6 G2X2LG6 G2X3LG6 G2X4LG6 G2X5LG6 G2.5X3LG6 G3X1LG6 G3X2LG6 G3X3LG6 G3X4LG6 G3X5LG6 G4X1.5LG6 G4X2LG6 G4X3LG6 G4X4LG6 G4X5LG6 G6X4LG6

• Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame B1.Cable Ties retardant material • Provided with mounting holes


Duct Size (W x H) In. mm .69 x .60 17.5 x 15.2 .69 x 1.06 17.5 x 26.9 .69 x 2.03 17.5 x 51.6 .69 x 4.10 17.5 x 104.1 .93 x .82 23.6 x 20.8 .93 x 1.06 23.6 x 26.9 .93 x 1.57 23.6 x 39.9 .93 x 2.03 23.6 x 51.6 1.26 x 1.12 32.0 x 28.4 1.26 x 1.62 32.0 x 41.1 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 1.75 x 1.12 44.5 x 28.4 1.75 x 1.62 44.5 x 41.1 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 1.75 x 4.10 44.5 x 104.1 2.25 x 1.12 57.2 x 28.4 2.25 x 1.62 57.2 x 41.1 2.25 x 2.12 57.2 x 53.8 2.25 x 3.12 57.2 x 79.2 2.25 x 4.10 57.2 x 104.1 2.25 x 5.10 57.2 x 129.5 2.75 x 3.12 69.9 x 79.2 3.25 x 1.12 82.6 x 28.4 3.25 x 2.12 82.6 x 53.8 3.25 x 3.12 82.6 x 79.2 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 3.25 x 5.10 82.6 x 129.5 4.25 x 1.62 108.0 x 41.1 4.25 x 2.12 108.0 x 53.8 4.25 x 3.12 108.0 x 79.2 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 4.25 x 5.10 108.0 x 129.5 6.25 x 4.15 158.8 x 105.4

Slot Width In. mm .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9

Base & Cover Std. Std. Cover Part Length Pkg. Ctn. Number (ft) Qty. Qty. C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 60 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 60 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2.5LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 60 C3LG6 6 6 60 C3LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 120 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C6LG6 6 6 60

Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.7


Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type F – Narrow Slot Wiring Duct Available in 29 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 4" x 5" in a variety of colors. B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

Double restricted slot design retains wires, eliminating hassle and saving time



C1.Wiring Duct

Flush cover design provides a neat appearance

C2. Surface Raceway

Narrow finger/slot design closely matches the spacing of high-density components C3. Abrasion Protection


Specially formulated lead-free PVC material Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type F Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.




E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.8




PANDUCT ® Type F – Narrow Slot Wiring Duct • Narrow slot/finger design provides more slots to fit the spacing of high-density terminal blocks and other hardware • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0

Base Part Number F.5X.5LG6 F.5X1LG6 F.75X.75LG6 F.75X1.5LG6 F1X1LG6 F1X1.5LG6 W

F1X2LG6 F1X3LG6 F1X4LG6 F1.5X1LG6

H

F1.5X1.5LG6 F1.5X2LG6 F1.5X3LG6 F1.5X4LG6 F2X1LG6 F2X1.5LG6 F2X2LG6 F2X3LG6 F2X4LG6 F2X5LG6 F3X1LG6 F3X2LG6 F3X3LG6 F3X4LG6 F3X5LG6 F4X2LG6 F4X3LG6 F4X4LG6 F4X5LG6

• Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material • Provided with mounting holes


Duct Size In. .69 x .60 .69 x 1.06 .93 x .82 .93 x 1.57 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

B1.Cable Ties

1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 1.12 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10

(W x H) mm 17.5 x 15.2 17.5 x 26.9 23.6 x 20.8 23.6 x 39.9

32.0 x 28.4 32.0 x 41.1 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 28.4 44.5 x 41.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2 44.5 x 104.1 57.2 x 28.4 57.2 x 41.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 57.2 x 129.5 82.6 x 28.4 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 82.6 x 129.5 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1 108.0 x 129.5

Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20

5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

Cover Part Number C.5LG6 C.5LG6 C.75LG6 C.75LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6

Base & Cover Std. Std. Length Pkg. Ctn. (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

120 120 120 120 60 120 120 120 120 60 120 120 120 60 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System


E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.9


Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Flush Cover Type D – Round Hole Wiring Duct Available in 16 sizes from 1" x 2" up to 4" x 4" in a variety of colors. B1.Cable Ties

Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide B2. Cable Accessories


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

Flush cover design provides a neat and finished appearance C2. Surface Raceway


Specially formulated lead-free PVC material

Round hole design retains and supports wire at variable heights to enhance wire management

Base scoreline allows easy removal of sidewall section at t-junctions and right angles saving installation time


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels


PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type D Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers mount onto walls with pressure sensitive adhesive. See page C1.26.





F. Index

C1.10




PANDUCT ® Flush Cover Type D – Round Hole Wiring Duct • Round hole design has multiple rows of holes to retain and support wire at variable heights and positions • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0

Base Part Number D1X2LG6 D1X3LG6 D1X4LG6 D1.5X2LG6 D1.5X3LG6 D1.5X4LG6 D2X2LG6 D2X3LG6

W

D2X4LG6 D2.5X3LG6 D3X2LG6

H

D3X3LG6 D3X4LG6 D4X2LG6 D4X3LG6 D4X4LG6

• Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material • Provided with mounting holes

B1.Cable Ties


Duct Size In. 1.26 x 2.12 1.26 x 3.12 1.26 x 4.10 1.75 x 2.12 1.75 x 3.12 1.75 x 4.10 2.25 x 2.12 2.25 x 3.12 2.25 x 4.10 2.75 x 3.12 3.25 x 2.12 3.25 x 3.12 3.25 x 4.10 4.25 x 2.12 4.25 x 3.12 4.25 x 4.10

(W x H) mm 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2 44.5 x 104.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 69.9 x 79.2 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1

Cover Part Number C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2.5LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6

Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Std. Pkg. Qty. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 120 120 120 120 60 120 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway




.67 +- .06 TYP [16.94 +- 1.5]

D1.Terminals

.44 +- .02 [11.2 +- 0.5]


H

For 2" duct height = 3 rows of holes 3" duct height = 4 rows of holes 4" duct height = 6 rows of holes

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.11


Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type MC – Metric Narrow Slot Wiring Duct Available in 22 sizes from 25mm x 25mm up to 100mm x 100mm in International Gray color. B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel



Narrow finger/slot design matches the spacing of high-density components

C1.Wiring Duct

Flush cover design provides a neat finished appearance

C2. Surface Raceway



Specially formulated lead-free PVC material

Upper and lower scorelines allow easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time

DIN 43 659 metric mounting hole pattern meets European requirements

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type MC Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.


PANDUCT ® Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools fo r cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.




F. Index

C1.12




PANDUCT ® Type MC – Metric Narrow Slot Wiring Duct • CE compliant and metric sizing for control panels intended for European applications • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0

H

B1.Cable Ties


Replacement Base & Cover Cover Length Part Number (M) C25IG2 2

Std. Pkg. Qty. (M) 20

MC25X25IG2

Duct Size (W x H) mm In. 24.6 x 23.6 .97 x .93

Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0

MC25X37IG2

24.6 x 35.8

.97 x 1.41

.20

5.0

C25IG2

2

20

MC25X50IG2

24.6 x 47.8

.97 x 1.88

.20

5.0

C25IG2

2

20

MC25X62IG2

24.6 x 59.7

.97 x 2.35

.20

5.0

C25IG2

2

20

MC25X75IG2

24.6 x 72.4

.97 x 2.85

.20

5.0

C25IG2

2

20

MC37X37IG2

37.1 x 35.8

1.46 x 1.41

.20

5.0

C37IG2

2

20

MC37X50IG2

37.1 x 47.8

1.46 x 1.88

.20

5.0

C37IG2

2

20

MC37X62IG2

37.1 x 59.7

1.46 x 2.35

.20

5.0

C37IG2

2

20

MC37X75IG2

37.1 x 72.4

1.46 x 2.85

.20

5.0

C37IG2

2

20

MC50X50IG2

49.5 x 47.8

1.95 x 1.89

.20

5.0

C50IG2

2

20

MC50X75IG2

49.5 x 72.4

1.95 x 2.85

.20

5.0

C50IG2

2

10

MC50X100IG2

49.5 x 97.8

1.95 x 3.85

.20

5.0

C50IG2

2

10

MC62X37IG2

62.0 x 35.8

2.44 x 1.41

.20

5.0

C62IG2

2

20

MC62X62IG2

62.0 x 59.7

2.44 x 2.35

.20

5.0

C62IG2

2

20

MC75X50IG2

74.7 x 48.0

2.94 x 1.89

.20

5.0

C75IG2

2

20

MC75X62IG2

74.7 x 59.7

2.94 x 2.35

.20

5.0

C75IG2

2

20

MC75X75IG2

74.7 x 72.4

2.94 x 2.85

.20

5.0

C75IG2

2

10

MC75X100IG2

74.7 x 97.8

2.94 x 3.85

.20

5.0

C75IG2

2

10

MC100X50IG2

99.6 x 48.0

3.92 x 1.89

.20

5.0

C100IG2

2

10

MC100X62IG2

99.6 x 59.7

3.92 x 2.35

.20

5.0

C100IG2

2

10

MC100X75IG2

99.6 x 72.4

3.92 x 2.85

.20

5.0

C100IG2

2

10

MC100X100IG2

99.6 x 97.8

3.92 x 3.85

.20

5.0

C100IG2

2

10

Base & Cover Part Number

W

• Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material • Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes • Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


Available in IG (International Gray) only. Base and cover sold together.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.13


Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type FS – Solid Wall Raceway Available in 27 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 6" x 4" in a variety of colors. B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide Specially formulated lead-free PVC material

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway




Base scoreline allows easy removal of sidewall sections saving installation time

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type FS Solid Wall Raceway Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers mounts onto walls with pressure sensitive adhesive. See page C1.26.






F. Index

C1.14




PANDUCT ® Type FS – Solid Wall Raceway • Solid wall design fully encloses cables providing maximum protection and aesthetics • Material: Lead-free PVC

Base Part Number > FS.5X.5LG6NM > FS.5X1LG6NM

FS.75X.75LG6NM > FS1X1LG6NM > FS1X1.5LG6NM FS1X2LG6NM

W

FS1X3LG6NM FS1X4LG6NM > FS1.5X1LG6NM > FS1.5X1.5LG6NM

H

> FS1.5X2LG6NM > FS1.5X3LG6NM > FS2X1LG6NM

FS2X1.5LG6NM > FS2X2LG6NM > FS2X3LG6NM

FS2X4LG6NM > FS3X1LG6NM > FS3X2LG6NM > FS3X3LG6NM

FS3X4LG6NM FS3X5LG6NM > FS4X2LG6NM > FS4X3LG6NM > FS4X4LG6NM > FS4X5LG6NM > FS6X4LG6NM

• UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 • Supplied without mounting holes

Duct Size In. .69 x .60 .69 x 1.06 .93 x .82 1.26 x 1.12 1.26 x 1.62 1.26 x 2.12 1.26 x 3.12 1.26 x 4.10 1.75 x 1.12 1.75 x 1.62 1.75 x 2.12 1.75 x 3.12

(W x H) mm 17.5 x 15.2 17.5 x 26.9 23.6 x 20.8 32.0 x 28.4 32.0 x 41.1 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 28.4 44.5 x 41.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2

Cover Part Number

2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 6.25

57.2 x 28.4 57.2 x 41.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 82.6 x 28.4 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 82.6 x 129.5 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1 108.0 x 129.5 158.8 x 105.4

C2LG6

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 4.15

C.5LG6 C.5LG6 C.75LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG2 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C6LG6

B1.Cable Ties

Std. Std. Base & Cover Pkg. Ctn. Length (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

120 120 120 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

> Indicates parts available with mounting holes. Remove NM from part number. Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.15


Wiring Duct for Special Environments B1.Cable Ties

Type NNC Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct


• Halogen free material is nontoxic, lead-free, environmentally safe and will not release toxic or corrosive gases that could endanger public safety or damage sensitive electronic equipment

B3. Stainless Steel

• UL94V-0

C1.Wiring Duct

Type NE NORYL* Halogen Free Wiring Duct C2. Surface Raceway

• Halogen free material is nontoxic, lead-free, environmentally safe and will not release toxic or corrosive gases that could endanger public safety or damage sensitive electronic equipment


• UL94V-1 C4. Cable Management

D1.Terminals

Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Free Wiring Duct


• Low smoke/low toxicity material emits a low level of toxic fumes and low smoke emissions when burned • Meets Federal Rail Administration Guidelines and NFPA 130 requirements for all transit vehicles • UL94V-0

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



The material is self-extinguishing and has excellent flame retardancy UL94V-0.

The material does not release dense smoke when burned per ASTM E662 test method.

The material does not emit a high volume of toxic gases when burned per Boeing and Airbus test methods.

F. Index *NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.

C1.16


Environment/Material Specifications

Typical Applications

pages C1.18 – C1.19

B1.Cable Ties


Semiconductor Manufacturing Ship Building

B3. Stainless Steel

Nuclear Power Plants Oil Platforms

C1.Wiring Duct



page C1.22

C2. Surface Raceway

Semiconductor C3. Abrasion Protection

Manufacturing Ship Building Nuclear Power Plants Oil Platforms




pages C1.20 – C1.21

Passenger Rail Cars Other Transportation Vehicles

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers The material contains no fluorine, bromide or chlorine and will not emit any corrosive or toxic gases when burned per IEC 60754-2 test method.

Material is rated for a continuous use temperature above 75°C (167°F).


F. Index


C1.17


Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type NNC – Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct Available in 14 sizes from 25mm x 25mm up to 100mm x 100mm in Light Gray and White. B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel



Halogen free modified PPO material is environmentally safe and will not release corrosive or toxic gases

C1.Wiring Duct

Wide finger/slot design provides greater rigidity and allows use with a wide range of wire and bundle sizes

C2. Surface Raceway



Upper and lower Scorelines allows easy finger and sidewall section removal, saving installation time


D1.Terminals


PANDUCT ® Notching Tool Notches duct sidewalls to bottom scoreline for tee and corner junctions. See page C1.31.

PANDUCT ® Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. See page C1.19.

PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivet Installation Tool Installs PANDUCT Nylon Rivets quickly and easily. See page C1.31.


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.18




PANDUCT ® Type NNC – Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct • Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material B1.Cable Ties • Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes • Metric sizing and finger progression • Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths

• Material: Halogen free modified PPO material as verified with IEC 60754-2 test method (test on gases evolved during combustion of electric cables) • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 203°F (95°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0


Base and Cover Part Number NNC25X25LG2 NNC25X37LG2

W

H

Duct Size (W x H) mm 24.6 x 23.6

24.6 NNC25X50LG2 24.6 NNC25X75LG2 24.6 NNC37X37LG2 37.1 NNC37X50LG2 37.1 NNC37X75LG2 37.1 NNC50X50LG2 49.5 NNC50X75LG2 49.5 NNC50X100LG2 49.5 NNC75X75LG2 74.7 NNC100X50LG2 99.6 NNC100X75LG2 99.6 NNC100X100LG2 99.6

x x x x x x x x x x x x x

35.8 47.8 72.4 35.8 47.8 72.4 47.8 72.4 97.8 72.4 47.8 72.4 97.8

Slot Width

In. .97 x .93

In. .39

mm 10.0

.97 x 1.41 .97 x 1.88 .97 x 2.85 1.46 x 1.41 1.46 x 1.88 1.46 x 2.85 1.95 x 1.88 1.95 x 2.85 1.95 x 3.85 2.94 x 2.85 3.92 x 1.88 3.92 x 2.85 3.92 x 3.85

.39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39

10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0

Replacement Cover Part Number NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC37LG2 NC37LG2 NC37LG2 NC50LG2 NC50LG2 NC50LG2 NC75LG2 NC100LG2 NC100LG2 NC100LG2

Base & Cover Length (M) 2

Std. Ctn. Qty. (M) 20

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10

Available in LG (Light Gray) and WH (White). Do not allow cutting, tapping or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with Type NNC Wiring Duct as it will cause stress cracking. See page C1.44 for a list of chemicals to avoid. Base and cover sold together.

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


PANDUCT ® Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall • NNC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside NNC or NE Wiring Duct to create multiple channels • Material: Halogen free modified PPO

Part Number NNC50DWH2 NNC75DWH2

• Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C

For Nominal Duct Height (mm) 50 75

Length (M) 2 2

Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2

Std. Ctn. Qty. 40 40

Available in WH (White) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



NNC**DWH2

F. Index


C1.19


Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type TMC – Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Wiring Duct Available in seven sizes from 25mm x 37mm up to 100mm x 75mm in Beige color. B1.Cable Ties



B3. Stainless Steel


C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability material meets Federal Rail Administration guidelines


Narrow finger/slot design closely matches the spacing of high-density components

Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type TMC Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.

PANDUCT ® Type TMC Low Smoke/ Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. See page C1.21.





F. Index

C1.20




PANDUCT ® Type TMC – Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Wiring Duct • • • •

Material: low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 176°F (80°C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material

• Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes • Metric sizing and finger progression • Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths

B1.Cable Ties


Base & Cover Part Number TMC25X37BR2 TMC37X37BR2 TMC50X50BR2 TMC75X50BR2 TMC75X75BR2

W

TMC100X50BR2 TMC100X75BR2

Duct Size W x H In. mm .97 x 1.41 24.6 x 35.8 1.46 x 1.41 37.1 x 35.8 1.95 x 1.89 49.5 x 48.0 2.94 x 1.89 74.7 x 48.0 2.94 x 2.88 74.7 x 73.2 3.92 x 1.89 99.6 x 48.0 3.92 x 2.88 99.6 x 73.2

Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0

Replacement Cover Part Number TC25BR2 TC37BR2 TC50BR2 TC75BR2 TC75BR2 TC100BR2 TC100BR2

Base & Cover Length (M) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Std. Ctn. Qty. (M) 20 20 20 20 10 10 10

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. Base and cover sold together.

H



D1.Terminals


PANDUCT ® Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall • TMC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside TMC Wiring Duct to create multiple channels • Material: Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic

Part Number TMC50DW2 TMC75DW2



Length (M) 2 2

Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2


Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



TMC**DW2

F. Index


C1.21


PANDUCT ® Type NE – NORYL* Halogen Free Wiring Duct • Material: Halogen free NORYL* B1.Cable Ties • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 203°F (95°C)

• UL94 Flammability Rating of V-1 • Provided with mounting holes


Base Part Number B3. Stainless Steel

NE.5X.5WH6 NE.5X1WH6 NE1X1WH6 NE1X1.5WH6

C1.Wiring Duct

NE1X2WH6 NE1X3WH6 W

NE1X4WH6 NE1.5X1.5WH6

C2. Surface Raceway

NE1.5X2WH6 H

NE1.5X3WH6 NE1.5X4WH6 NE2X1WH6


NE2X2WH6 NE2X3WH6 NE2X4WH6


NE2.5X3WH6 NE3X1WH6 NE3X2WH6 NE3X3WH6 NE3X4WH6

D1.Terminals

NE3X5WH6 NE4X2WH6 NE4X3WH6


E1. Labeling System

NE4X4WH6 NE4X5WH6

Duct Size W x H Slot Width In. mm In. mm .63 x .56 16.0 x 14.2 .38 9.7 .63 x 1.06 16.0 x 26.9 .31 7.9 1.14 x 1.06 29.0 x 26.9 .31 7.9 1.14 x 1.62 29.0 x 41.1 .31 7.9 1.14 x 2.06 29.0 x 52.3 .31 7.9 1.14 x 3.06 29.0 x 77.7 .31 7.9 1.14 x 4.06 29.0 x 103.1 .31 7.9 1.64 x 1.62 41.7 x 41.1 .31 7.9 1.64 x 2.06 41.7 x 52.3 .31 7.9 1.64 x 3.06 41.7 x 77.7 .31 7.9 1.64 x 4.06 41.7 x 103.1 .31 7.9 2.14 x 1.06 54.4 x 26.9 .31 7.9 2.14 x 2.06 54.4 x 52.3 .31 7.9 2.14 x 3.06 54.4 x 77.7 .31 7.9 2.14 x 4.06 54.4 x 103.1 .31 7.9 2.64 x 3.06 67.1 x 77.7 .31 7.9 3.14 x 1.06 79.8 x 26.9 .31 7.9 3.14 x 2.06 79.8 x 52.3 .31 7.9 3.14 x 3.06 79.8 x 77.7 .31 7.9 3.14 x 4.06 79.8 x 103.1 .31 7.9 3.14 x 5.06 79.8 x 128.5 .38 9.7 4.14 x 2.06 105.2 x 52.3 .31 7.9 4.14 x 3.06 105.2 x 77.7 .31 7.9 4.14 x 4.06 105.2 x 103.1 .31 7.9 4.14 x 5.06 105.2 x 128.5 .38 9.7

Cover Part Number NC.5WH6 NC.5WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2.5WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6

Base & Std. Std. Cover Pkg. Ctn. Length (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60

Available in WH (White) only. Do not allow cutting, tapping or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with Type NE Wiring Duct as it will cause stress cracking. See page C1.44 for list of chemicals to avoid. Base and cover sold separately. *NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.

E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.22




WIRING DUCT TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES PANDUIT offers a selection of PANDUCT ® Tools and Accessories to aid cutting, modifying and installing wiring duct.

B1.Cable Ties


Some of the features and benefits found in PANDUCT ® Tools and Accessories include: • Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct • Snap-in wire retainers to retain cabling when the cover is removed, or during cable installation • Divider walls that mount within the duct enabling multiple channels to be created within a duct channel • Corner strips hold corners rigid at tee junctions in control panel applications • Joining strips to connect two sections of duct and hold the walls rigid • Mounting clips provide an alternative method to mount the duct and allow the duct to be more easily removed

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.23


PANDUCT ® Type FL – Flexible Wiring Duct B1.Cable Ties

• Material: Flexible Polypropylene • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 149°F (65°C)

• UL94 Flammability Rating of V-2 • Factory applied adhesive tape provided for easy mounting

Duct Size (W x H)


Part Number FL12X12LG-A FL25X25LG-A FL50X50LG-A

B3. Stainless Steel

In. .49 x .49 .98 x .98 1.97 x 1.97

Std. Pkg. Qty. 112 70 32

Length

mm 12.5 x 12.5 25.0 x 25.0 50.0 x 50.0

In. 19.7 19.7 19.7

mm 500 500 500

Available in LG (RAL 7040 Light Gray) color only.

W C1.Wiring Duct

H

C2. Surface Raceway

PANDUCT ® Divider Wall C3. Abrasion Protection


• Wiring duct divider wall can be mounted inside any type of PANDUIT PVC wiring duct to create multiple channels • Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto the mounting base • All versions snap onto DB-C mounting base • Divider wall heights 2" and greater have a scoreline feature allowing sections to be removed leaving a smooth edge

D1.Terminals

• Meets UL508/508A insulation material requirement for barrier between conductors • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 • Material: Lead-free PVC

Part Number

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.

Used with Anchors

PANDUCT ® Divider Wall Mounting Base PANDUIT NR1 or #8 or #10 screw

DB-C D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

Part Number

E1. Labeling System

Length (ft.)

Std. Pkg. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

25 37 50 75 100

6 6 6 6 6

6 6 6 6 6

120 120 120 120 120

50 75 100

2 2 2

2 2 2

40 40 40

50 75 100

6 6 6

6 6 6

120 120 120

For Nominal Duct Height In. mm

PANDUCT ® Solid Divider Wall D1H6 D1.5H6

E2. Labels

100 1000

DB-C

D2H6

D*H6 and D*H2

D3H6 D4H6

1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00

PANDUCT ® Metric Solid Divider Wall D50H2 E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

D75H2 D100H2

2.00 3.00 4.00

PANDUCT ® Slotted Divider Wall E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

F. Index

C1.24

SD*H6

SD2H6 SD3H6 SD4H6

2.00 3.00 4.00

Metric Divider Wall available in IG (International Gray) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.



PANDUCT ® Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall • NNC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside NNC or NE Wiring Duct to create multiple channels • Material: Halogen free modified PPO

Part Number NNC50DWH2 NNC75DWH2



Length (M) 2 2

Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2



B3. Stainless Steel

Available in WH (White) color only.

NNC**DWH2

B1.Cable Ties

NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.

C1.Wiring Duct

PANDUCT ® Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall

C2. Surface Raceway

• TMC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside TMC Wiring Duct to create multiple channels • Material: Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic


Part Number TMC50DW2 TMC75DW2

TMC**DW2



Length (M) 2 2

Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2


Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.43) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.25


PANDUCT ® Type G & H Wiring Duct Wire Retainers B1.Cable Ties


• Inserts between fingers of Type G Duct and Type H Duct to contain wiring when cover is removed

Part Number * WR2-C

WR3-C WR4-C B3. Stainless Steel

WR5-C

• Adjustable height • Material: ABS

For Duct Width In. (mm) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) Use with: 3 x 5, 4 x 5 or 6 x 4

For Duct Height In. (mm) 2.00 – 4.00 (50.8 – 101.6) 2.00 – 4.00 (50.8 – 101.6) 2.00 – 4.00 (50.8 – 101.6) Use with: 3 x 5, 4 x 5 or 6 x 4

Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100 100 100

Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000

Std. Pkg. Qty. 100

Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000

*For 2" width Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct use Part No. WR2H-C.

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



PANDUCT ® Solid Wall Raceway Type FS & Type D Wiring Duct Wire Retainer • Mounts onto walls of Type FS Raceway or Type D Duct with pressure sensitive adhesive • One size fits three different duct widths

• Material: Lead-free PVC

D1.Terminals


Part Number WRS-A-C10

For Duct Width In. (mm) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)

Full length is used with 2" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.26




PANDUCT ® Type F, MC & TMC Duct Wire Retainers/Labeling Device • Used to contain wiring when cover is removed and can also be used as a labeling device • FWR-C works with all Type F Duct sizes

Part Number

• FMWR-C works with all Type MC and TMC sizes • Material: Lead-free PVC

Material Rigid PVC Rigid PVC

FWR-C FMWR-C

For Duct Width In. mm 1.50 – 4.00 — — 37 – 100

B1.Cable Ties

Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100

Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000


Full length for use with 4" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

Labeling Inside Duct – Snaps onto duct fingers. Full length for use with 4" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.

C2. Surface Raceway

Labeling Outside Duct – Break off the last segment from wire retainer below (1.5 mark) and snap onto the back of the remaining segment. Install label and mount between fingers facing outward.


PANDUCT ® Duct Corner Strip with 1" Bend Radius Control • Creates a strong rigid corner at wiring duct junctions • Provides bend radius protection for cabling as required in NFPA 79-2002 section 14.1.4.9 and TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-A • Available in five pre-cut sizes and 6' lengths that can be cut-to-size to meet any size requirement

• • • •

Easy to install two-piece design Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Material: Lead-free PVC


D1.Terminals

Part Number CSPC*LG-Q

Part Description

For Duct Height In. mm

Color


6 Foot Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct CSC1LG6 CSC1WH6

Cut-to-size 6 foot corner strip with a 1" bend radius.

CSC1BL6

All sizes (Cut to duct height)

All sizes (Cut to duct height)

Light Gray

6

120

White Black

6 6

120 120

Pre-Cut Pieces for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct CSPC1LG-Q

1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 1" wall height.

1.00

25.4

Light Gray

25

250

CSPC1.5LG-Q

1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 1.5" wall height (2.0" Type H Duct).

1.50

38.1

Light Gray

25

250

CSPC2LG-Q


2.00

50.8

Light Gray

25

250

CSPC3LG-Q


3.00

76.2

Light Gray

25

250

CSPC4LG-Q

1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 4" wall height (4.0" Type H Duct).

4.00

101.6

Light Gray

25

250

CSPC available in Light Gray color only. Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6' or Standard Package Quantity.


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.27


PANDUCT ® Duct Corner Strips B1.Cable Ties

• Slides onto duct at corner or tee junctions for smooth, round corners • Available in five pre-cut sizes and six-foot lengths that can be cut to meet any size requirement

• • • •

Easy to install one-piece design Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Material: Lead-free PVC


Part Number

Part Description

Color

Std. Pkg. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Light Gray

6

120

Light Light Light Light

Gray Gray Gray Gray

25 25 25 25

250 250 250 250

Light Gray

25

25


6 Foot Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct 6 foot length is cut by user to fit duct height.

CS1LG6 B3. Stainless Steel

CS1LG6

Cut to size Cut to size

Pre-Cut Pieces for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct CSP1LG-Q CSP1.5LG-Q

C1.Wiring Duct

CSP2LG-Q

1.00

25.4

3.00 4.00

76.2 101.6

Pre-cut pieces.

CSP3LG-Q CSP4LG-Q Available in LG (Light Gray) only.

C2. Surface Raceway

CSP*LG-Q



PANDUCT ® Duct Joining Strips D1.Terminals

• Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 • Material: Lead-free PVC

• Slides onto duct to join sections together • Available in four pre-cut sizes and six-foot lengths that can be cut to meet any size requirement • Easy to install one-piece design


Part Number

Part Description


Std. Pkg. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Light Gray White

6

120

Light Light Light Light

25 25 25 25

250 250 250 250

Color

6 Foot Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct E1. Labeling System

DJS1LG6

DJS1**6

DJS1WH6

6 foot length is cut by user to fit duct height.

Cut to size Cut to size

Pre-Cut Pieces for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct DJSP1.5LG-Q E2. Labels

DJSP2LG-Q DJSP3LG-Q

Pre-cut pieces.

DJSP4LG-Q E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

DJSP*LG-Q

1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00

38.1 50.8 76.2 101.6

Gray Gray Gray Gray

Pre-cut pieces available in LG (Light Gray) only.


F. Index

C1.28




PANDUCT ® Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket – Type G, F, FS, D, MC, NNC & TMC Wiring Duct • Snap-clip spacing is not critical • Simplifies fabrication drawings and panel layout • Material: Spring steel

• Duct easily snaps into bracket • No mounting holes required in duct • Ensures no metal is inside the duct

Part Number

B1.Cable Ties


For Duct Width In. mm

Screw Required

Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket for use with Types G, F, FS and D Wiring Duct S1F-C S1.5F-C S2F-C S3F-C S4F-C

#8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32

x x x x x

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4

(Provided) (Provided) (Provided) (Provided) (Provided)

1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00

25.4 38.1 50.8 76.2 101.6

100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


B3. Stainless Steel

Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket for use with Types MC, NNC and TMC Wiring Duct SNS25F-C

#8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied)

1.00

25

100 1000

SNS37F-C

#8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32

1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00

37 50 62 75

100 100 100 100

SNS50F-C SNS62F-C SNS75F-C

x x x x

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4

(User (User (User (User

Supplied) Supplied) Supplied) Supplied)

1000 1000 1000 1000

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

PANDUCT ® Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket – Type NE Wiring Duct • Simplifies fabrication drawings and panel layout • Material: Spring steel

• Duct easily snaps into bracket • Ensures no metal is inside the duct • Snap-clip spacing is not critical

Part Number SNS.5-C SNS1-C SNS1.5-C SNS2-C SNS3-C


Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100 100 100 100

For Duct Width In. mm .50 12.7 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 2.00 50.8 3.00 76.2

Screw Required #6-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied)

Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Adhesive Tape for Wiring Duct • • • •

Recommended installation temperature is 70°F (21°C) UL Recognized service temperature is 32°F (0°C) to 140°F (60°C) Optimum recommended dwell time for acrylic adhesive is 8 hours Recommended tape load is 1/2 lb. per square inch of tape area

Duct Size WxH

As a Permanent Mounting Method: • Eliminates the drilling and tapping of holes, labor and time required to install separate mounting devices As a Temporary Mounting Method: • Holds duct in place to free installer’s hands to further secure duct with screws, rivets, etc Roll Length

Tape Part Number

.5 x .5 thru 1.5 x 4 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-50-72 2 x 1 thru 3 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-50-72 3 x 4 thru 3 x 5 P32W2A2-75-7 P32W2A2-75-72 4 x 1.5 thru 4 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-75-72 4 x 4 thru 6 x 4 P32W2A2-75-7 P32W2A2-75-72

Yds.

M

Std. Pkg. Qty.

7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0

6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 9 100 9 60 7 100 9 60 7


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

Order number of rolls required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.

C1.29


Adhesive Tape Guide B1.Cable Ties

Selection of Wiring Duct Part Numbers Available with Factory Applied Adhesive Tape


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



G Duct Light Gray

G Duct White

G Duct Black

F Duct Light Gray

NE Duct White

G.5X.5LG6-A

G.5X.5WH6-A

—

F.5X.5LG6-A

—

G.5X1LG6-A

G.5X1WH6-A

—

F.5X1LG6-A

—

G.75X.75LG6-A

—

—

F.75X.75LG6-A

—

G.75X1LG6-A

G.75X1WH6-A

—

—

—

G.75X1.5LG6-A

G.75X1.5WH6-A

—

F.75X1.5LG6-A

—

G.75X2LG6-A

G.75X2WH6-A

—

—

—

G1X1LG6-A

G1X1WH6-A

—

F1X1LG6-A

—

G1X1.5LG6-A

G1X1.5WH6-A

—

F1X1.5LG6-A

—

G1X2LG6-A

G1X2WH6-A

—

F1X2LG6-A

NE1X2WH6-A

G1X3LG6-A

G1X3WH6-A

G1X3BL6-A

F1X3LG6-A

—

G1X4LG6-A

G1X4WH6-A

—

F1X4LG6-A

—

G1.5X1LG6-A

G1.5X1WH6-A

—

F1.5X1LG6-A

—

G1.5X1.5LG6-A

G1.5X1.5WH-A

—

F1.5X1.5LG6-A

—

G1.5X2LG6-A

G1.5X2WH6-A

—

F1.5X2LG6-A

NE1.5X2WH6-A

G1.5X3LG6-A

G1.5X3WH6-A

—

F1.5X3LG6-A

—

G1.5X4LG6-A

G1.5X4WH6-A

—

F1.5X4LG6-A

— —

G2X1LG6-A

G2X1WH6-A

—

F2X1LG6-A

G2X1.5LG6-A

G2X1.5WH6-A

—

F2X1.5LG6-A

—

G2X2LG6-A

G2X2WH6-A

G2X2BL6-A

F2X2LG6-A

NE2X2WH6-A

G2X3LG6-A

G2X3WH6-A

—

F2X3LG6-A

—

G2X4LG6-A

G2X4WH6-A

G2X4BL6-A

F2X4LG6-A

—

G2X5LG6-A

G2X5WH6-A

—

F2X5LG6-A

—

G2.5X3LG6-A

G2.5X3WH6-A

—

—

—

G3X1LG6-A

G3X1WH6-A

—

F3X1LG6-A

—

G3X2LG6-A

G3X2WH6-A

—

F3X2LG6-A

—

G3X3LG6-A

G3X3WH6-A

G3X3BL6-A

F3X3LG6-A

—

G3X4LG6-A

G3X4WH6-A

—

F3X4LG6-A

—

G3X5LG6-A

G3X5WH6-A

—

F3X5LG6-A

—

G4X1.5LG6-A

G4X1.5WH6-A

—

—

—

G4X2LG6-A

G4X2WH6-A

—

F4X2LG6-A

NE4X2WH6-A

G4X3LG6-A

G4X3WH6-A

—

F4X3LG6-A

NE4X3WH6-A

G4X4LG6-A

G4X4WH6-A

G4X4BL6-A

F4X4LG6-A

NE4X4WH6-A

G4X5LG6-A

G4X5WH6-A

—

F4X5LG6-A

—

All three sizes of Flexible Duct come provided with adhesive: FL12X12LG-A, FL25X25LG-A, FL50X50LG-A

Specifications for Factory Applied Tape

Tape Duct Size WxH .5 x .5 through 1.5 x 4 2 x 1 through 3 x 3 3 x 4 through 3 x 5

F. Index

4 x 1.5 through 4 x 3 4 x 4 through 6 x 4

C1.30


Rows of Tape 1 2 2 2 2

Width In. .50 .50 .75 .50 .75

mm 12.7 12.7 19.1 12.7 19.1

Thickness In. mm .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8 Prime items appear in BOLD.


Installation Tools • DCT easily cuts any PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct and Cover • DNT-100 notches duct sidewalls to bottom scoreline for tees and corner junctions

• TNR installs or removes PANDUIT Nylon Rivets, NR1-C and NR1-M, quickly and easily • DFCT easily removes duct fingers in tight places

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Pkg. Qty

B1.Cable Ties


Duct Cutting Tool (For use with all duct/raceway types) DCT

Hand held duct cutting tool.

1 B3. Stainless Steel

Replacement Blade Kit (Includes blade and nylon insert) DCT

DNT-100

DCT-BLD

Replacement blade kit with blade and nylon insert.

1

Replacement Nylon Insert DCT-RI

Replacement nylon insert.

5

C1.Wiring Duct

Duct Notching Tool (For use with all slotted duct types) DNT-100

TNR

DFCT

Hand held sidewall notching tool.

1

Nylon Rivet Installation Tool TNR

Hand held nylon rivet installation tool.

1

Duct Finger Cutting Tool (For use with all wide slotted duct types) DFCT

Hand held duct finger cutting tool.

C2. Surface Raceway

1


Nylon Rivets NR1-C and NR1-M

NR1-C

Nylon rivet for use with TNR rivet tool.

100

NR1-M

Nylon rivet for use with TNR rivet tool.

1000

Total Thickness of Panel and Duct In. mm .158 – .187 4.0 – 4.7 .188 – .218 4.8 – 5.5 .219 – .250 5.6 – 6.4 .251 and up 6.5 and up

Panel Hole Dia. Needed In. mm .187 4.7 .193 4.9 .203 5.2 .213 5.4

ANSI Standard Drill Bit #15 #11 #7 #4


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.31

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type G & D Wiring Duct Dimensions Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.

>

B1.Cable Ties

For .5" high duct. C

B

T


>

F

D

H

> >

E

A

> >

For .75", 1", 1.5", 2", 3", 4" and 5" high duct.

B3. Stainless Steel

C F

T

B

> D

H

> >

C1.Wiring Duct

A

E

>

Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base. Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting hole dimensions below.

C2. Surface Raceway

>


>

.67 +- .06 TYP [16.94 +- 1.5]


.44 +- .02 [11.2 +- 0.5]

H

> >

D1.Terminals

For 2" duct height = 3 rows of holes 3" duct height = 4 rows of holes 4" duct height = 6 rows of holes

D2. Power & Grounding Connectors >

Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1", and 1.5" wide duct.

E1. Labeling System

.50 TYP [12.7]

>

.20 TYP [5.0] C L

E2. Labels 4.0 [101.6] TYP

2.0 [50.8]

>


>

For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct.

K K

E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions 4.0 [101.6] TYP

2.0 [50.8]

C L

> >

F. Index

C1.32

DUCT SIZE (W x H) A B .5 x .5 .69 .60 (12.7) x (12.7) (17.5) (15.2) .5 x 1 .69 1.06 (12.7) x (25.4) (17.5) (26.9) .5 x 2 .69 2.03 (12.7) x (50.8) (17.5) (51.6) .5 x 4 .69 4.10 (12.7) x (101.6) (17.5) (104.1) .75 x .75 .93 .82 (19.1) x (19.1) (23.6) (20.8) .75 x 1 .93 1.06 (19.1) x (25.4) (23.6) 26.9 .75 x 1.5 .93 1.57 (19.1) x (38.1) (23.6) (39.9) .75 x 2 .93 2.03 (19.1) x (50.8) (23.6) (51.6) 1x1 1.26 1.12 (25.4) x (25.4) (32.0) (28.4) 1 x 1.5 1.26 1.62 (25.4) x (38.1) (32.0) (41.1) 1x2 1.26 2.12 (25.4) x (50.8) (32.0) (53.8) 1x3 1.26 3.12 (25.4) x (76.2) (32.0) (79.2) 1x4 1.26 4.10 (25.4) x (101.6) (32.0) (104.1) 1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 (38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) 1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 (38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) 1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) 1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) 1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 (38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) 2x1 2.25 1.12 (50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 (50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) 2x2 2.25 2.12 (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) 2x3 2.25 3.12 (50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) 2x4 2.25 4.10 (50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) 2x5 2.25 5.10 (50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) 2.5 x 3 2.75 3.12 (63.5) x (76.2) (69.9) (79.2) 3x1 3.25 1.12 (76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) 3x2 3.25 2.12 (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) 3x3 3.25 3.12 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) 3x4 3.25 4.10 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) 3x5 3.25 5.10 (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 (101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) 4x2 4.25 2.12 (101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) 4x3 4.25 3.12 (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) 4x4 4.25 4.10 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) 4x5 4.25 5.10 (101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) 6x4 6.25 4.15 (152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) > Available for Type G Wiring Duct only. See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and


C .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 6.25 (158.8)

DIMENSIONS – Inches (mm) D E F H .38 .37 .80 .50 (9.5) (9.3) (20.3) (12.7) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.25 .31 1.00 4.00 (57.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .56 .31 .80 0.75 (14.3) (7.9) (20.3) (19.1) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6)

K

ON CENTERLINE

A. System Overview

.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .73 (18.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 2.50 (63.5)

T .05 (1.3) .05 (1.3) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .06 (1.4) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .10 (2.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .11 (2.8)

size availability. Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type F Wiring Duct & FS Raceway Dimensions

A. System Overview

Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.

E

C

D

H

B T A

F

For 2", 3", 4" and 5" high duct. C

E

B

D

H

T

A

F

Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base. Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting hole dimensions below.

Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" wide duct. .50 TYP [12.7] .20 TYP [5.0] C L

2.0 TYP [50.8]

2.0 [50.8]

For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct.

K K

2.0 TYP [50.8]

C L

2.0 [50.8]

Note: For Type FS Raceway, no mounting holes is the standard condition; if mounting holes are required, delete NM from the part number.

C .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 6.25 (158.8)

DIMENSIONS – Inches (mm) D E F H .38 .20 .50 .50 (9.5) (5.0) (12.7) (12.7) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) .56 .20 .50 .75 (14.3) (5.0) (12.7) (19.1) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) 1.50 N/A N/A N/A (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) 4.00 N/A N/A N/A (101.6)

K

ON CENTERLINE

For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" high duct.

DUCT SIZE (W x H) A B .5 x .5 .69 .60 (12.7) x (12.7) (17.5) (15.2) .5 x 1 .69 1.06 (12.7) x (25.4) (17.5) (26.9) .75 x .75 .93 .82 (19.1) x (19.1) (23.6) (20.8) .75 x 1.5 .93 1.57 (19.1) x (38.1) (23.6) (39.9) 1x1 1.26 1.12 (25.4) x (25.4) (32.0) (28.4) 1 x 1.5 1.26 1.62 (25.4) x (38.1) (32.0) (41.1) 1x2 1.26 2.12 (25.4) x (50.8) (32.0) (53.8) 1x3 1.26 3.12 (25.4) x (76.2) (32.0) (79.2) 1x4 1.26 4.10 (25.4) x (101.6) (32.0) (104.1) 1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 (38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) 1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 (38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) 1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) 1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) 1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 (38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) 2x1 2.25 1.12 (50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 (50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) 2x2 2.25 2.12 (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) 2x3 2.25 3.12 (50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) 2x4 2.25 4.10 (50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) 2x5 2.25 5.10 (50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) 3x1 3.25 1.12 (76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) 3x2 3.25 2.12 (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) 3x3 3.25 3.12 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) 3x4 3.25 4.10 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) 3x5 3.25 5.10 (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 > (101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) 4x2 4.25 2.12 (101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) 4x3 4.25 3.12 (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) 4x4 4.25 4.10 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) 4x5 4.25 5.10 (101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) 6x4 6.25 4.15 > (152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) > Available for Type FS Raceway only. See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and

.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) N/A 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) N/A

T .05 (1.3) .05 (1.3) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.7) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .11 (2.8)

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels


size availability.


F. Index


C1.33


PANDUCT ® Type MC & TMC Wiring Duct Dimensions Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.

B1.Cable Ties For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm high duct. E

C

B


>

D

H

T

> F

A

>

B3. Stainless Steel

For 62.5mm, 75mm and 100mm high duct.

> C

C1.Wiring Duct

E

B

D

H

T

> >

A

C2. Surface Raceway

F

> Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base. Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting hole dimensions below. >


> >


Mounting Hole Dimensions For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm width duct.

>

2000mm [78.74] 14mm [.55]

D1.Terminals

>

8mm [.32] 1950mm [76.77]


>

For 75mm and 100mm width duct. 2000mm [78.74]

E1. Labeling System

>

50mm [1.97] 6.5mm [.26]

25mm [.98]

12.5mm [.49]

E2. Labels

>

DIMENSIONS – mm (Inches) C D E F

DUCT SIZE (W x H)

A

B

H

T

25 x 25

24.6

23.6

24.6

13.6

5.0

12.5

20.5

1.4

(.98) x (.98)

(.97)

(.93)

(.97)

(.54)

(.20)

(.49)

(.81)

(.06)

25 x 37.5

24.6

35.8

24.6

24.7

5.0

12.5

33.0

1.4

(.98) x (1.48)

(.97)

(1.41)

(.97)

(.97)

(.20)

(.49)

(1.30)

(.06)

25 x 50

24.6

47.8

24.6

34.8

5.0

12.5

45.5

1.5

(.98) x (1.97)

(.97)

(1.88)

(.97)

(1.37)

(.20)

(.49)

(1.79)

(.06)

25 x 62.5

24.6

59.7

24.6

45.8

5.0

12.5

58.0

1.5

(.98) x (2.46)

(.97)

(2.35)

(.97)

(1.80)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.28)

(.06)

25 x 75

24.6

73.2

24.6

57.6

5.0

12.5

70.5

1.7

(.98) x (2.95)

(.97)

(2.88)

(.97)

(2.27)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.78)

(.07)

37.5 x 37.5

37.1

35.8

37.1

24.7

5.0

12.5

33.0

1.5

(1.48) x (1.48)

(1.46)

(1.41)

(1.46)

(.97)

(.20)

(.49)

(1.30)

(.06)

37.5 x 50

37.1

47.8

37.1

34.8

5.0

12.5

45.5

1.7

(1.48) x (1.97)

(1.46)

(1.88)

(1.46)

(1.37)

(.20)

(.49)

(1.79)

(.07)

37.5 x 62.5

37.1

59.7

37.1

45.8

5.0

12.5

58.0

1.7

(1.48) x (2.46)

(1.46)

(2.35)

(1.46)

(1.80)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.28)

(.07)

37.5 x 75

37.1

72.4

37.1

57.6

5.0

12.5

70.5

1.8

(1.48) x (2.95)

(1.46)

(2.85)

(1.46)

(2.27)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.78)

(.07)

50 x 50

49.5

48.0

49.6

34.8

5.0

12.5

45.5

1.7

(1.97) x (1.97)

(1.95)

(1.89)

(1.95)

(1.37)

(.20)

(.49)

(1.79)

(.07)

50 x 75

49.5

72.4

49.6

57.6

5.0

12.5

70.5

1.9

(1.97) x (2.95)

(1.95)

(2.85)

(1.95)

(2.27)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.78)

(.08)

50 x 100

49.5

97.8

49.6

81.0

5.0

12.5

95.5

2.2

(1.97) x (3.94)

(1.95)

(3.85)

(1.95)

(3.19)

(.20)

(.49)

(3.76)

(.09)

62.5 x 37.5

62.0

35.8

62.1

24.7

5.0

12.5

33.0

1.7

(2.46) x (1.48)

(2.44)

(1.41)

(2.44)

(.97)

(.20)

(.49)

(1.30)

(.07)

62.5 x 62.5

62.0

59.7

62.1

45.8

5.0

12.5

58.0

1.8

(2.46) x (2.46)

(2.44)

(2.35)

(2.44)

(1.80)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.28)

(.07)

75 x 50

74.7

48.0

74.6

34.8

5.0

12.5

45.5

2.0

(2.95) x (1.97)

(2.94)

(1.89)

(2.94)

(1.37)

(.20)

(.49)

(1.79)

(.08)

75 x 62.5

74.7

59.7

74.6

45.8

5.0

12.5

58.0

2.0

(2.95) x (2.46)

(2.94)

(2.35)

(2.94)

(1.80)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.28)

(.08)

75 x 75

74.7

73.2

74.6

57.6

5.0

12.5

70.5

2.2

(2.95) x (2.95)

(2.94)

(2.88)

(2.94)

(2.27)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.78)

(.09)

75 x 100

74.7

97.8

74.6

81.0

5.0

12.5

95.5

2.3

(2.95) x (3.94)

(2.94)

(3.85)

(2.94)

(3.19)

(.20)

(.49)

(3.76)

(.09)

100 x 50

99.6

48.0

99.6

34.8

5.0

12.5

45.5

2.0

(3.94) x (1.97)

(3.92)

(1.89)

(3.92)

(1.37)

(.20)

(.49)

(1.79)

(.08)

100 x 62.5

99.6

59.7

99.6

45.8

5.0

12.5

58.0

2.0

(3.94) x (2.46)

(3.92)

(2.35)

(3.92)

(1.80)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.28)

(.08)

100 x 75

99.6

73.2

99.6

57.6

5.0

12.5

70.5

2.5

(3.94) x (2.95)

(3.92)

(2.88)

(3.92)

(2.27)

(.20)

(.49)

(2.78)

(.10)

100 x 100

99.6

97.8

99.6

81.0

5.0

12.5

99.5

2.5

(3.94) x (3.94)

(3.92)

(3.85)

(3.92)

(3.19)

(.20)

(.49)

(3.76)

(.10)

> Available for Type MC Wiring Duct only. 4.5mm [.18]


1950mm [76.77]

50mm [1.97]

25mm [.98]


F. Index

C1.34



ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type NNC Wiring Duct Dimensions

A. System Overview

Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.

For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm high duct. 10.0 TYP [.39]

C

B

D

H

T A

25.0 TYP [.98]

For 75mm and 100mm high duct. C

10.0 TYP [.39]

B T

D

H

A

25.0 TYP [.98]

Mounting Hole Dimensions For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm width duct. 2000mm [78.74] 14mm [.55]

DUCT SIZE (W x H)

A

B

25 x 25 (.98) x (.98) 25 x 37 (.98) x (1.48) 25 x 50 (.98) x (1.97)

24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97)

23.6 (.93) 35.8 (1.41) 47.8 (1.88)

DIMENSIONS – mm (Inches) C D 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97)

13.6 (.54) 24.6 (.97) 34.8 (1.37)

H

T

20.3 (.80) 33.0 (1.30) 45.5 (1.79)

1.5 (.06) 1.8 (.07) 2.0 (.08)

25 x 75

24.6

72.4

24.6

57.6

70.6

2.0

(.98) x (2.95)

(.97)

(2.85)

(.97)

(2.27)

(2.78)

(.08)

37.5 x 37.5 (1.48) x (1.48) 37.5 x 50 (1.48) x (1.97) 37.5 x 75

37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1

35.8 (1.41) 47.8 (1.88) 72.4

37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1

24.7 (.97) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6

33.0 (1.30) 45.5 (1.79) 70.6

1.8 (.07) 2.0 (.08) 2.0

(1.48) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97)

(1.46) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95)

(2.85) 47.8 (1.88) 72.4 (2.85)

(1.46) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95)

(2.27) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6 (2.27)

(2.78) 45.5 (1.79) 70.6 (2.78)

(.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08)

x x x x x

(2.95) 50 (1.97) 75 (2.95)

50 x 100

49.5

97.8

49.5

81.0

95.5

2.3

(1.97) x (3.94)

(1.95)

(3.85)

(1.95)

(3.19)

(3.76)

(.09)

75 x 75 (2.95) x (2.95) 100 x 50 (3.94) x (1.97)

74.7 (2.94) 99.6 (3.92)

72.4 (2.85) 47.8 (1.88)

74.7 (2.94) 99.6 (3.92)

57.6 (2.27) 34.8 (1.37)

70.6 (2.78) 45.5 (1.79)

2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08)

100 x 75

99.6

72.4

99.6

57.6

70.6

2.0

(3.94) x (2.95)

(3.92)

(2.85)

(3.92)

(2.27)

(2.78)

(.08)

100 x 100

99.6

97.8

99.6

81.0

95.5

2.3

(3.92) x (3.85)

(3.92)

(3.85)

(3.92)

(3.19)

(3.76)

(.09)

8mm [.32] 1950mm [76.77]

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals

For 75mm and 100mm width duct. 2000mm [78.74]


50mm [1.97] 6.5mm [.26]

25mm [.98]

12.5mm [.49]

E1. Labeling System 4.5mm [.18]

1950mm [76.77]

50mm [1.97]

25mm [.98]

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.35


PANDUCT ® Type NE Wiring Duct Dimensions Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.

For .5" high duct. F

C


D H

B

E

T

A

B3. Stainless Steel For 1", 1.25", 1.5", 1.75", 2", 2.5", 3", 4" and 5" high duct.

C1.Wiring Duct

F

C

D

C2. Surface Raceway

H

B

E

T

A

C3. Abrasion Protection Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1", and 1.5" wide duct.


.50 TYP [12.7] .195 TYP [5.0] C L

D1.Terminals 4.0 [101.6] TYP


2.0 [50.8]

For 2.0", 2.5", 3" and 4" wide duct.

K K

E1. Labeling System 4.0 [101.6] TYP

E2. Labels


2.0 [50.8]

C L

A

B

C

.5 x .5 (12.7) x (12.7) .5 x 1 (12.7) x (25.4) 1x1 (25.4) x (25.4) 1 x 1.5 (25.4) x (38.1) 1x2 (25.4) x (50.8) 1x3 (25.4) x (76.2) 1x4 (25.4) x (101.6) 1.5 x 1.5 (38.1) x (38.1) 1.5 x 2 (38.1) x (50.8) 1.5 x 3 (38.1) x (76.2) 1.5 x 4 (38.1) x (101.6) 2x1 (50.8) x (25.4) 2x2 (50.8) x (50.8) 2x3 (50.8) x (76.2) 2x4 (50.8) x (101.6) 2.5 x 3 (63.5) x (76.2) 3x1 (76.2) x (25.4) 3x2 (76.2) x (50.8) 3x3 (76.2) x (76.2) 3x4 (76.2) x (101.6) 3x5 (76.2) x (127.0) 4x2 (101.6) x (50.8) 4x3 (101.6) x (76.2) 4x4 (101.6) x (101.6) 4x5 (101.6) x (127.0)

.63 (16.0) .63 (16.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.64 (67.1) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2)

.56 (14.2) 1.06 (26.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.62 (41.1) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 1.62 (41.1) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 1.06 (26.9) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 3.06 (77.7) 1.06 (26.9) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 5.06 (128.5) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 5.06 (128.5)

.69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0)

DIMENSIONS – Inches (mm) D E F .38 (9.7) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) 1.20 (30.5) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 1.20 (30.5) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) .75 (19.1) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 2.63 (66.8) .75 (19.1) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 4.63 (117.6) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 4.63 (117.6)

.37 (9.4) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .38 (9.7) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .38 (9.7)

.80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.33 (33.8) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.33 (33.8)

H .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0)

K

ON CENTERLINE

B1.Cable Ties

DUCT SIZE (W x H)

.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1)

T .05 (1.3) .06 (1.5) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .07 (1.8) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.7) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .09 (2.3) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .09 (2.3)


F. Index

C1.36



ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type H & HS Wiring Duct Dimensions

A. System Overview

Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs. B 1.98 (50.3) 3.06 (77.7) 1.98 (50.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.10 (104.1) 3.06 (77.7) 4.10 (104.1) 4.10 (104.1)

C 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8) 2.29 (58.2) 2.29 (58.2) 4.38 (111.3) 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) 4.38 (111.3)

DIMENSIONS – Inches (mm) D E F H 1.63 .31 .80 1.92 (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 1.57 .31 .80 1.92 (39.9) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6)

K

On CL

DUCT SIZE (W x H) A 1.5 x 2 1.75 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) 1.5 x 3 1.75 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) 2x2 2.17 (50.8) x (50.8) (55.1) 2x3 2.17 (50.8) x (76.2) (55.1) 2x4 2.17 (50.8) x (101.6) (55.1) 3x3 3.25 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) 3x4 3.25 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) 4x4 4.25 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0)

.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1)

T .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .10 (2.7) .10 (2.5) .11 (2.8) .11 (2.8)

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

100

C2. Surface Raceway

C

F

For 1.5", 2.0", 3", 4" wide duct.

K D H

C L

K

B


T

4.0 [101.6] TYP

E

2.0 [50.8]


A

PANDUCT ® Type FL Wiring Duct Dimensions D1.Terminals

Dimensions are shown for reference only. Dimensions are in mm (in.). Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs. ELECTRICAL

Mounting Hole Dimensions For FL12X12LG-A

10 AWG 12 AWG NOMINAL 3.9 3.1 DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (Wx H) 2 THHN THHN mm mm 12 x 12

144

3

5

25 x 25

625

12

19

50 x 50

2500

43

67


25.0 TYP [.98] 5.0 TYP [.20]

8.0 TYP [.31]

12.5 [.49]

A

Note: Type FL Wiring Duct has factory applied adhesive. For 50 x 50 two strips of tape are used; otherwise, only one strip is centered on the part.

6.2 TYP [.25]

E1. Labeling System

C L 4.0 TYP [.16]

E2. Labels

For FL25X25LG-A & FL50X50LG-A

A

12.5 TYP [.49] 12.5 [.49] C L

B

Note: ‘B’ dimension is without adhesive.



25.0 TYP [.98]

F. Index


C1.37


PANDUCT ® Type D, G, F & FS Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity ELECTRICAL

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals

NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL (W x H) 2 inches AREA in .5 x .5 .250 .5 x 1 .500 .5 x 2 1.000 .75 x .75 .563 .75 x 1 .750 .75 x 1.5 1.125 .75 x 2 1.500 1x1 1.000 1 x 1.5 1.500 1x2 2.000 1x3 3.000 1x4 4.000 1.5 x 1 1.500 1.5 x 1.5 2.250 1.5 x 2 3.000 1.5 x 3 4.500 1.5 x 4 6.000 2x1 2.000 2 x 1.5 3.000 2x2 4.000 2x3 6.000 2x4 8.000 2x5 10.000 2.5 x 3 7.500 3x1 3.000 3x2 6.000 3x3 9.000 3x4 12.000 3x5 15.000 4 x 1.5 6.000 4x2 8.000 4x3 12.000 4x4 16.000 4x5 20.000 6x4 24.000

8 AWG .216 THHN 3 6 12 7 9 14 18 12 18 24 37 49 18 28 37 55 73 24 37 49 73 98 122 92 37 73 110 147 184 73 98 147 196 245 294

10 AWG .153 THHN 6 12 24 14 18 27 37 24 37 49 73 98 37 55 73 110 146 49 73 98 146 195 244 183 73 146 220 293 366 146 195 293 391 488 586

12 AWG .122 .158 THHN 10 19 38 22 29 43 58 38 58 77 115 154 58 86 115 173 230 77 115 154 230 307 384 288 115 230 346 461 576 230 307 461 614 768 921

MTW 6 11 23 13 17 26 34 23 34 46 69 92 34 52 69 103 137 46 69 92 137 183 229 172 69 137 206 275 343 137 183 275 366 458 549

.105 THHN 13 26 52 29 39 58 78 52 78 104 155 207 78 117 155 233 311 104 155 207 311 415 518 389 155 311 466 622 777 311 415 622 829 1037 1244

14 AWG .139 MTW 7 15 30 17 22 33 44 30 44 59 89 118 44 67 89 133 177 59 89 118 177 237 296 222 89 177 266 355 444 177 237 355 473 592 710

.165 MTW 5 10 21 12 16 24 31 21 31 42 63 84 31 47 63 94 126 42 63 84 126 168 210 157 63 126 189 252 315 126 268 252 336 420 504

COMMUNICATION 16 AWG .096 .125 TFFN 16 31 62 35 47 70 93 62 93 124 186 248 93 140 186 279 372 124 186 248 372 496 620 465 186 372 558 744 930 372 496 744 992 1240 1488

MTW 9 18 37 21 27 41 55 37 55 73 110 146 55 82 110 165 219 73 110 146 219 293 366 274 110 219 329 439 549 319 293 439 585 731 878

18 AWG .084 .113 TFFN 20 40 81 46 61 91 121 81 121 162 243 324 121 182 243 364 486 162 243 324 486 648 810 607 243 486 729 972 1215 486 648 972 1296 1620 1944

MTW 11 22 45 25 34 50 67 45 67 90 134 179 67 101 134 201 269 90 134 179 269 358 448 336 134 269 403 537 671 269 358 537 716 895 1074

22 AWG .065 MTW 34 68 135 76 101 152 203 135 203 270 406 541 203 304 406 609 811 270 406 541 811 1082 1352 1014 406 811 1217 1623 2029 811 1082 1623 2164 2705 3246

.217

24 AWG .250

UTP/CM CAT 5e

STP/CM CAT 6

UTP/CM

3 6 12 7 9 14 18 12 18 24 36 49 18 27 36 55 73 24 36 49 73 97 121 91 36 73 109 146 182 73 97 146 194 243 291

2 5 9 5 7 10 14 9 14 18 27 37 14 21 27 41 55 18 27 37 55 73 91 69 27 55 82 110 137 55 73 110 146 183 219

1 2 3 2 2 4 5 3 5 6 10 13 5 7 10 14 19 6 10 13 19 26 32 24 10 19 29 39 48 19 26 39 51 64 77

.422

See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type. Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.


Formula used to calculate fill capacity:

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels


Formula to approximate wiring duct size needed:

Wire O.D.

1. Determine the number of wires the duct will need to contain. 2. Determine the wire outside diameter (for multiple wires see formula at left. 3. Calculate the wirefill comparison area using the following formula: Wirefill Comparison Area = Number of Wires x [1.75 x (Wire O.D.)2]

Σ (Number of Wires x Wire O.D.) Number of Wires

Example: 15 wires with .165" O.D = 28 wires with .065" O.D. = 16 wires with .125" O.D. = 59 6.295 – 59 = Wire O.D.

F. Index

C1.38

Duct W x H 1.75 x (Wire O.D.)2

See page C1.41 for explanation of wirefill formula.

Wire O.D. for multiple wire types: E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

Number of Wires =

15 x .165 285 x .065 16 x .125 total wires =

= = = =

2.475 1.820 2.000 6.295

.107

Example: Wirefill Comparison Area = 59 x [1.75 x (.107) 2] = 59 x .020 = 1.182

4. Choose a Duct with W x H equal to or greater than the result from step 3. Area of Selected Duct > = Calculated Wirefill Comparison Area Example: For Duct Size .75" x 1.5" Duct Area = .75 x 1.5 = 1.125 sq. in. (No good 1.125 < 1.182) For Duct Size 1.5" x 1" Duct Area = 1.5 x 1 = 1.1500 sq. in. (Good 1.500 > 1.182)

In the above example 1" x 1.5" duct or larger could also be used.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type MC, NNC & TMC Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity ELECTRICAL NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (W x H) 2 mm. mm 25 x 25 625 25 x 37 925 25 x 50 1250 25 x 62 1550 25 x 75 1875 37 x 37 1369 37 x 50 1850 37 x 62 2294 37 x 75 2775 50 x 50 2500 50 x 75 3750 50 x 100 5000 62 x 37 2294 62 x 62 3844 75 x 50 3750 75 x 62 4650 75 x 75 75 x 100 100 x 50 100 x 62 100 x 75 100 x 100

5625 7500 5000 6200 7500 10000

8 AWG 5.5

10 AWG 3.9

12 AWG 3.1

4.0

THHN 12 18 24 29 36 26 35 44 53 47 71 95 44 73 71 88

THHN 24 35 47 59 71 52 70 87 105 95 142 189 87 145 142 176

THHN 37 55 74 92 112 81 110 136 165 149 223 298 136 229 223 277

107 142 95 118 142 190

213 284 189 235 284 378

335 446 298 369 446 595

A. System Overview COMMUNICATION

2.7

14 AWG 3.5

16 AWG

18 AWG

4.2

2.4

3.2

2.1

2.9

22 AWG 1.7

MTW 22 33 44 55 67 49 66 81 98 89 133 177 81 136 133 165

THHN 50 74 100 125 151 110 149 184 223 201 301 402 184 309 301 374

MTW 29 42 57 71 86 63 85 105 127 115 172 229 105 176 172 213

MTW 20 30 41 50 61 45 60 75 90 81 122 163 75 125 122 151

THHN 60 89 120 149 180 132 178 220 267 240 360 481 220 369 360 447

MTW 35 52 71 88 106 78 105 130 157 142 213 283 130 218 213 264

THHN 78 116 157 195 235 172 232 288 348 314 471 628 288 483 471 584

MTW 43 64 87 108 130 95 128 159 193 173 260 347 159 267 260 323

MTW 131 194 262 325 393 287 388 481 582 524 786 1048 481 806 786 975

200 266 177 220 266 355

452 603 402 498 603 803

258 344 229 284 344 458

183 244 163 202 244 325

541 721 481 596 721 961

319 425 283 351 425 567

706 941 628 778 941 1255

390 520 347 430 520 694

1179 1572 1048 1300 1572 2096

5.5

24 AWG 6.4

10.7

UTP/CM CAT 5e

STP/CM CAT 6

UTP/CM

12 17 24 29 35 26 35 43 52 47 71 94 43 72 71 87

9 13 18 22 27 19 26 33 39 35 53 71 33 54 53 66

3 5 6 8 9 7 9 11 14 12 19 25 11 19 19 23

106 141 94 117 141 188

80 106 71 88 106 142

28 37 25 31 37 50

B1.Cable Ties

See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type. Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area. Formula for 50% wirefill = Nominal Area/(1.75 x D2)


B3. Stainless Steel

C1. Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



PANDUCT ® Type H & HS Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity ELECTRICAL 10 NOMINAL 8 AWG AWG DUCT NOMINAL .216 .153 SIZE AREA (W x H) 2 THHN THHN inches in 1.5 x 2

12 AWG .122 .158

.105

14 AWG .139

.165

COMMUNICATION 16 AWG .096 .125

18 AWG .084 .113

22 AWG .065

D1. Terminals .217

24 AWG .250

.422

UTP/CM CAT 6

UTP/CM

25

9

THHN

MTW

THHN

MTW

MTW

THHN

MTW

THHN

MTW

MTW

UTP/CM CAT 5e

108

64

147

83

59

175

103

229

126

383

34

3.000

34

69

1.5 x 3

4.500

52

103

163

97

220

125

89

263

155

344

190

575

51

38

13

2x2

4.000

46

92

145

86

196

111

79

234

138

306

169

511

45

34

12

2x3

6.000

69

138

217

129

294

167

119

351

207

459

253

767

68

51

18

2x4

8.000

92

184

290

173

392

223

158

469

276

612

338

1023

91

69

24

3x3

9.000

104

207

326

194

441

251

178

527

311

689

380

1151

103

77

27

3x4

12.000

139

277

435

259

588

335

238

703

415

919

507

1535

137

103

36

4x4

16.000

185

369

581

346

784

447

317

938

553

1225

677

2047

183

138

48

Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area. Formula for 50% wirefill = Nominal Area/(1.85 x D2)


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

PANDUCT ® Type FL Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity E3. Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

ELECTRICAL 10 AWG 12 AWG NOMINAL 3.9 3.1 DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (Wx H) 2 THHN THHN mm mm 12 x 12

144

3

5

25 x 25

625

12

19

50 x 50

2500

43

67


F. Index

Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.


C1.39


PANDUCT ® Type NE Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity ELECTRICAL

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1. Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL (W x H) 2 inches AREA in .5 x .5 .250 .5 x 1 .500 1x1 1.000 1 x 1.5 1.500 1x2 2.000 1x3 3.000 1x4 4.000 1.5 x 1.5 2.250 1.5 x 2 3.000 1.5 x 3 4.500 1.5 x 4 6.000 2x1 2.000 2x2 4.000 2x3 6.000 2x4 8.000 2.5 x 3 7.500 3x1 3.000 3x2 6.000 3x3 9.000 3x4 12.000 3x5 15.000 4x2 8.000 4x3 12.000 4x4 16.000 4x5 20.000

8 AWG .216 THHN 3 5 11 16 21 32 43 24 32 48 64 21 43 64 86 80 32 64 96 129 161 86 129 171 214

10 AWG .153 THHN 5 11 21 32 43 64 85 48 64 96 128 43 85 128 171 160 64 128 192 256 320 171 256 342 427

12 AWG .122 .158 THHN 8 17 34 50 67 101 134 76 101 151 202 67 134 202 269 252 101 202 302 403 504 269 403 537 672

MTW 5 10 20 30 40 60 80 45 60 90 120 40 80 120 160 150 60 120 180 240 300 160 240 320 401

.105 THHN 11 23 45 68 91 136 181 102 136 204 272 91 181 272 363 340 136 272 408 544 680 363 544 726 907

14 AWG .139 MTW 6 13 26 39 52 78 104 58 78 116 155 52 104 155 207 194 78 155 233 311 388 207 311 414 518

.165 MTW 5 9 18 28 37 55 73 41 55 83 110 37 73 110 147 138 55 110 165 220 275 147 220 294 367

COMMUNICATION 16 AWG .096 .125 TFFN 14 27 54 81 109 163 217 122 163 244 326 109 217 326 434 407 163 326 488 651 814 434 651 868 1085

MTW 8 16 32 48 64 96 128 72 96 144 192 64 128 192 256 240 96 192 288 384 480 256 384 512 640

18 AWG .084 .113 TFFN 18 35 71 106 142 213 283 159 213 319 425 142 283 425 567 531 213 425 638 850 1063 567 850 1134 1417

MTW 10 20 39 59 78 117 157 88 117 176 235 78 157 235 313 294 117 235 352 470 587 313 470 627 783

22 AWG .065 MTW 30 59 118 178 237 355 473 266 355 533 710 237 473 710 947 888 355 710 1065 1420 1775 947 1420 1893 2367

.217

24 AWG .250

.422

UTP/CM CAT 5e

STP/CM CAT 6

UTP/CM

3 5 11 16 21 32 42 24 32 48 64 21 42 64 85 80 32 64 96 127 159 85 127 170 212

2 4 8 12 16 24 32 18 24 36 48 16 32 48 64 60 24 48 72 96 120 64 96 128 160

1 1 3 4 6 8 11 6 8 13 17 6 11 17 22 21 8 17 25 34 42 22 34 45 56

Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.

D1. Terminals

Formula used to calculate fill capacity:

Number of Wires =

Duct W x H 2.00 x (Wire O.D.)2

See page C1.41 for explanation of wirefill formula.


E1. Labeling System

Formula to approximate wiring duct size needed:

1. Determine the number of wires the duct will need to contain. 2. Determine the wire outside diameter (for multiple wires see formula at left. 3. Calculate the necessary wirefill comparison area using the following formula: Wirefill Comparison Area = Number of Wires x [2 x (Wire O.D.)2]

Wire O.D. for multiple wire types:

E2. Labels

E3. Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

Wire O.D.

=

Σ (Number of Wires x Wire O.D.) Number of Wires

Example: 15 wires with .165" O.D = 15 x .165 28 wires with .065" O.D. = 285 x .065 16 wires with .125" O.D. = 16 x .125 59 total wires 6.295 –: 59 = Wire O.D.

=

= = = =

2.475 1.820 2.000 6.295

.107

2

Example: Wirefill Comparison Area = 59 x [2 x (.107) ] = 59 x .020 = 1.357

4. Choose a Duct with W x H equal to or greater than the result from step 3. > Area of Selected Duct = Calculated Wirefill Comparison Area Example: For Duct Size .75" x 1.5" Duct Area = .75 x 1.5 = 1.125 sq. in. (No good 1.125 < 1.1357 For Duct Size 1.5" x 1" Duct Area = 1.5 x 1 = 1.1500 sq. in. (Good 1.500 > 1.357)

In the above example 1" x 1.5" duct or larger could also be used.


F. Index

C1.40



ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS Wirefill Formula (Flush cover duct Types G, F, FS, D, H, HS, MC, NNC & TMC) General Formula

A. System Overview

B1.Cable Ties

PANDUIT Wiring Duct wirefills are calculated using the following general formula:


Why use a 50% Wirefill? As specified in NFPA79-2002 section 14.5.2, Percentage Fills of Raceways (Ducts), a 50% wirefill is given as the maximum wirefill capacity in all PANDUIT Wiring Ducts. This helps ensure general safe wiring practices are followed. In actual practice, a 50% wirefill is the maximum amount of wiring the duct can hold given the additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing and cable packing factors.

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

What is the Usable Duct Area? The usable area we define as the calculation of internal area that can be occupied by wires or cables. Calculation of Internal Area

C2. Surface Raceway

Air Space Allotment In our wirefill formula an adjustment is made to the channel internal area to account for “unusable” air space that will be present between cables when placed in the channel. Our formula assumes a uniform close packed or high-density cable arrangement (see diagram) (Note 1).

Since we use the outer channel dimensions in our calculation we make an adjustment in our formula for the thickness of material and for design elements that extend inside the channel.



D1.Terminals

Considering these factors the usable duct area is equal to an average of 90% of the nominal area, or (W x H) x .90.

Wire Area The wire area formula is converted to allow calculation using the cable diameter:


E1. Labeling System

Formula Derivation Inserting the elements from above into the general formula results in the following:

E2. Labels

Simplifying this formula results in the formula used for wire fill calculation (Note 2): E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

NOTE: When calculating wirefill capacity using the above formula, variables W, H and D must be expressed in same units (i.e. mm or inches).


1 This calculation does not account for additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing and cable packing factors. 2 The resulting formula is used for all PANDUIT Flush Cover Ducts, this excludes Type NE duct which has a different profile design that results in a 2 2 divisor of 2.0 x D (rather than 1.75 x D as shown here) and Type H and HS Wiring Duct with a profile design that results in a divisor of 1.85 x D 2.

F. Index


C1.41


PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct and Raceway – Material Specifications LOW SMOKE/ LOW NORYL POLYPROPYLENE TOXICITY (NE) (FL) (TMC)

UNITS

TEST METHOD

LEADFREE PVC

g/cc °F 10-5 in/in/°F

ASTM D 792 ASTM D 648 ASTM D 696

1.45 156 3.7

1.09 215 3.8

1.08 212 3.8

.95 117 N/A

1.56 222 3.8

(BTU-in/hr-ft )°F

ASTM C 177

1.3

1.3

1.1

N/A

N/A

— — — kW/m2

UL94 ASTM E 662 ASTM D 2863 ASTM E 1354

V-0 538 35 N/A

V-0 513 30 N/A

V-1 782 30 N/A

V-2 N/A 25 N/A

V-0 92 58 49.3

“D” “R”

ASTM D 2240 ASTM D 785

78 111

N/A 116

85 115

N/A N/A

N/A 118

psi psi


6,200 390,000

7,700 350,000

6,900 380,000

3,770 172,000

6,600 316,000

psi psi


8,700 325,000

11,500 340,000

11,400 365,000

4,350 181,250

11,900 317,000

4.0 1.6

5.0 2.0

5.0 N/A

1.80 N/A

3.0 N/A

2.90 4.00

N/A N/A

N/A N/A

N/A N/A

N/A N/A

3.90 3.30

N/A N/A

2.65 N/A

N/A N/A

N/A N/A

690 700

N/A N/A

400 N/A

N/A N/A

N/A N/A

B1.Cable Ties

PROPERTIES

HALOGEN FREE MODIFIED PPO (NNC)

GENERAL B2. Cable Accessories

Specific Gravity Heat Deflection Temperature @264 psi Thermal Expansion

2

Thermal Conductivity B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

BURNING CHARACTERISTICS Flammability Class Smoke Density @ 4 Minutes Limited Oxygen Index (LOI) Peak Heat Release Rate

HARDNESS Durometer Hardness Rockwell Hardness

C2. Surface Raceway

TENSILE Strength at Yield Modulus


FLEXURAL Strength at Yield Modulus

IMPACT STRENGTH C4. Cable Management

Notched Izod (.125'') 23°C (73°F) 0°C (32°F)

ASTM D 256 ft-lb/in ft-lb/in

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.42

Power Factor: 60 Hz @30°C (86°F) 1 MHz @30°C (86°F) Dielectric Constant: 60 Hz @30°C (86°F) 1 MHz @30°C (86°F) Dielectric Strength: Normal Moist

ASTM D 150 — — ASTM D 150 — — volts/mil volts/mil

ASTM D 149 IEC 243-1

Note: To the best of our knowledge the above information is accurate. PANDUIT assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information.

Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

Halogen Free (Modified PPO)

NORYL* Halogen Free

A general purpose material for use in indoor applications. PVC has a UL flammability rating of V-0 and is UL94 Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 122°F (50°C). PVC is an economical wiring duct material.

A special purpose material for use in halogen free or high temperature applications. Modified PPO has a UL94 flammability rating of V-0 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 203°F (95°C), and is 20% lighter than PVC.

A special purpose material for use in halogen free or high temperature applications. NORYL* has a UL94 flammability rating of V-1 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 203°F (95°C), and is 20% lighter than PVC.

Polypropylene A flexible material with a UL94 flammability rating of V-2 and that is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 149°F (65°C).

Low Smoke/ Low Toxicity A special purpose material for use where low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability characteristics are critical. Ideally suited for transportation industry regulations. Low smoke/ low toxicity has a UL94 flammability rating of V-0 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 176°F (80°C).

*NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct and Raceway – Color and Size Selection

Duct Size WxH (inches) .5 x .5 .5 x 1 .5 x 2 .5 x 4 .75 x .75 .75 x 1 .75 x 1.5 .75 x 2 1x1 1 x 1.5 1x2 1 x 2.5 1x3 1x4 1.5 x 1 1.5 x 1.5 1.5 x 2 1.5 x 2.5 1.5 x 3 1.5 x 4 2x1 2 x 1.5 2x2 2x3 2x4 2x5 2.5 x 1.5 2.5 x 2.5 2.5 x 3 3x1 3x2 3 x 2.5 3x3 3x4 3x5 4 x 1.5 4x2 4 x 2.5 4x3 4x4 4x5 6x4

LG Light Gray G G G G G G G G G G G

F FS F FS

F FS F FS F FS D

NNC25X25 NNC25X37 NNC25X50

G G G G G

F F F F F

FS D FS D FS FS FS D H HS

NNC25X75

G G G G G G G G

F F F F F F F F

FS D D FS FS FS D FS D FS D

NNC37X75

F FS F

H HS

DG Dark Gray

WH White

NNC37X37 NNC37X50

H HS NNC50X50 H HS NNC50X75 H HS NNC50X100

G G G G G G G G G G G

F FS F

BL Black

IB Intrinsic Blue*

A. System Overview

BR Beige

IG International B1.Cable Ties Gray

NE NE

B2. Cable Accessories F FS F F FS F F

NE NE NE

NNC25X25 NNC25X37 NNC25X50

G G G

G G G G G

F D NE D NE F F FS F FS NE F NE

NNC25X75

G

H

NNC37X37 HS NNC37X50

G

G G G G G G G G

F F F F F F F F

H

HS NNC37X75

H H H

HS NNC50X50 HS NNC50X75 HS NNC50X10

D NE D NE FS NE FS FS D NE FS D NE D NE

G G

G G FS G G D G G

G TMC25X37 G

D D

G FS G D H G G G

TMC37X37

D H D

G G FS G FS D H HS G G D H G G D H G

G G

TMC50X50

MC25X25 MC25X37 MC25X50 MC25X62 MC25X75

MC37X37 MC37X50 MC37X62 MC37X75

MC50X50 MC50X75 MC50X100 MC62X37 MC62X62

G D G F FS G F FS D

G G F FS G F FS

G G G G G

G G G G G

F FS D H HS NNC75X75 F FS D H HS F FS FS F FS D NNC100X50

G F FS D NNC100X75 G F FS D H HS NNC100X10 G F FS G FS

NE NE NE

F FS D NE F FS D NE F FS NE F FS

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



G G H H

NE

G F FS NE G F FS D NE G F NE G

B3. Stainless Steel

HS NNC75X75 HS

NNC100X5

H

NNC100X7 HS NNC100X1

G FS

G FS G FS D H G G D H G G G D G G G FS G FS D H HS G G G

TMC75X50 G G

G

TMC75X75

MC75X50 MC75X62 MC75X75 MC75X100

TMC100X50 MC100X50 MC100X62 TMC100X75 MC100X75 MC100X10

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

*Intrinsic Blue Color – IB Intrinsic Blue wiring duct is made from the same lead-free PVC material as our standard PVC duct. Intrinsic Blue is an internationally recognized standard blue color that identifies the wiring duct as “incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal conditions to cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most easily ignited concentrations.” *ISA-RD12.6 (Instrument Society of America)

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.43


Installation Tips: Application of Latex Paint on PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct The following is recommended to properly prepare the surface of the wiring duct/raceway and covers for the best adhesion of latex paint:

B1.Cable Ties

1. Clean surface with mild soap and water solution or mineral spirits with a clean lint free towel. Allow to dry. B2. Cable Accessories

2. Using a sanding pad (such as synthetic stripping pad or medium/fine steel wool), slightly roughen the surface to be painted. 3. Apply a coat of all-purpose 100% Acrylic primer and allow to dry.

B3. Stainless Steel

4. Apply the desired topcoat of latex paint and allow to dry. 5. Install the wiring duct/raceway and covers.

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


Cutting Wiring Duct and Cover For small quantities, use the DCT Duct Cutting Tool on page C1.30. For larger quantities use a miter cutting saw blade for clean burr-free cuts. Recommended blade: Carbide 80T or 100T; .90" thickness, .125 kerf.

Recommended Precaution when Using Type NNC and NE Wiring Duct Cleaning solvents and cutting fluids that contain any of the following chemical agents should not come in contact with Type NNC or Type NE wiring duct. These chemicals are known to cause stress cracking in the halogen free PPO material. • Hydrocarbons • Phenols


• Ketones • Amines • Ethers • Organic, Inorganic and Oxidizing Acids

D1.Terminals

• Petrol Note: PANDUIT assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this list.


Part Number System for Wiring Duct E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

G

.5

Type

Nominal Width

G E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers


= Wide Finger In. or mm Flush Design F = Narrow Finger Flush Design FS = Solid Wall Flush Design H = Wide Finger Hinged Design HS = Solid Wall Hinged Design D = Round Hole Flush Design NNC = Halogen Free Design NE = NORYL* Wide Finger Design MC = Metric Narrow Finger Design TMC = Low Smoke Metric Design

X

.5

LG

6

Nominal Height

Color

Length

In. or mm

ft. or M LG = Light Gray DG = Dark Gray WH = White BL = Black IB = Intrinsic Blue BR = Beige IG = International Grey

-A –A = Adhesive Backed = Without Adhesive (leave blank) NM = No Mounting Holes

F. Index *NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.

C1.44


PANDUIT Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances

B1.Cable Ties

Logo (Symbol)

Logo (Symbol)

Agency

Spec/Approval

Requirement

Applicable Products

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

File No. E147128

UL Standard 1565 “Positioning Devices.”

All types of Wiring Duct

Canadian Standards Association

File No. 016446, 210335

CSA Standard C22.2 No.18.5-02 “Positioning Devices.”

All types of Wiring Duct

Conformite European

LVD 73/23/EEC Attended by 93/68/EEC

ENC50085 cable trunking system and cable ducting systems for electrical installations

Wiring Duct Types: H, HS, G, F, D, MC, FS, NNC, TMC and NE

Agency

DIN (Deutsches Institut fur Normung), German Institute for Standardization

National Fire Protection Agency

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

Complies with:

DIN 43 659

Requirement This European standard specifies dimensions for slotted trunkings that will be used in electrical switchgear assemblies and that conform to the corresponding requirements in DIN VDE 060 Part 506. The dimensions specified with the standard include: • The channel mounting hole pattern, slot dimensions, pitch and location • The distance from the first to last like size mounting hole • Minimum overall product length


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

Applicable Products

C2. Surface Raceway

Wiring Duct Types: MC, TMC and NNC



NFPA 79-2002, section 14.3.1

“Nonmetallic ducts shall be permitted (inside enclosures) only when they are made with a flame retardant material.” Flame-retardant material is defined in the standard by the IEC 60332-1 test method.

Wiring Duct Types: H, G, F, D, MC, NNC and TMC

NFPA 79-2002, section 14.5.2

PANDUIT Wiring Duct publishes a maximum percentage wire fill for common wire types equal to 50 percent of the interior cross-sectional area of the duct.

Wiring Duct Types: H, G, F, FS, D, MC, NNC and TMC

NFPA 79-2002, section 14.1.4.9

PANDUIT bend radius control accessories can be mounted at right angle and tee Duct Corner Strip with 1" junctions created using wiring duct in order Bend Radius Control to maintain cable bend radius control.

NFPA 130, 2003 edition

Performance Criteria for the Flammability and Smoke Emission Characteristics of Materials used in Fixed Guideway Vehicles and Passenger Rail Cars.

UL508, section 15

An insulating barrier (divider wall) shall be manufactured from an insulating material exhibiting minimum properties including High Current Arc Resistance to ignition (HAI), Hot Wire Ignition (HWI), Comparative Tracking Index (CTI), electrical Relative Thermal Index (RTI) and flame class.

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

Type TMC Wiring Duct

E2. Labels

PVC Divider Wall E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers


F. Index


C1.45


PANDUIT Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances (continued) B1.Cable Ties

Logo (Symbol)

Description

Spec/Approval

Requirement

Applicable Products

Elevated Temperature

PANDUIT logo

Material is rated for a continuous use temperature above 167°F (75°C).

Wiring Duct Types: NE, NNC and NNC

Halogen Free IEC 60754-2

PANDUIT logo

Material contains no fluorine, bromide or chlorine and will not emit any corrosive or toxic gases when burned, confirmed using IEC 60754-2 test method.

Wiring Duct Types: NE and NNC

Low Flammability UL94V-0

PANDUIT logo

Per UL standard, material is self-extinguishing and has excellent fire resistance.

Wiring Duct Types: NNC, TMC and all PVC wiring duct

Low Smoke ASTM E 662

PANDUIT logo

Per ASTM test method and NFPA 130 Standard, material exceeds the requirements for low smoke generating material.

Wiring Duct Type TMC

Low Toxicity Boeing and Airbus BSS-7239, ATS 1000.1

PANDUIT logo

Per the Boeing and Airbus test standards, material exceeds the requirements for low levels of toxic gas release.

Wiring Duct Types: NNC and TMC


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.46


FIBER-DUCT ™ ROUTING SYSTEM PANDUIT provides leading solutions for cable routing. These routing products are compatible with our cable management solutions increasing your ability to maintain an orderly and clean work environment, implement quick and easy moves, adds and changes and maintain the integrity of your fiber and copper cabling plant in order to maximize long-term performance.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

• Two system sizes available: 4x4 and 2x2 • Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius fittings protect against signal loss due to excessive cable bends

C1.Wiring Duct

• Snap-on non-slip covers • Compatible with PANDUIT ® FIBERRUNNER ® 12x4, 6x4, 4x4 and 2x2 Routing Systems

The 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing Systems are comprised of channel, fittings and brackets designed to segregate, route and protect fiber optic and copper cabling to and between racks within the telecommunications room.

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.47


2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing Systems Roadmap B1.Cable Ties


7 6

B3. Stainless Steel

11

5 10 8

C1.Wiring Duct

4

12

3

C2. Surface Raceway

9


14


2 13 D1.Terminals


1

FIBER-DUCT ™ Mounting Brackets

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System

New Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System

Under-Floor Pedestal Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System

Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" Ladder Rack



F. Index

C1.48

Ladder Rack Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System

“L” Wall Mount Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System

Strut Metal Framing Bracket

Adjustable “Z” Bracket

Top Rail of Rack Support Bracket


B1.Cable Ties

1 Coupler Fitting (see page C1.50)


2 End Cap Fitting (see page C1.51) B3. Stainless Steel

3 Four Way Cross Fitting (see page C1.51) C1.Wiring Duct

4 Inside Vertical Right Angle (see page C1.51)

5 Outside Vertical Right Angle (see page C1.51)

6 Inside Vertical 45° Angle (see page C1.51)

C2. Surface Raceway


7 Outside Vertical 45° Angle (see page C1.51)


8 Horizontal Tee Fitting (see page C1.51)

D1.Terminals

9

Vertical Tee Fitting (see page C1.52)


10 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting (see page C1.50) E1. Labeling System

11 Reducer Fitting (see page C1.51) E2. Labels ™ 12 FIBER-DUCT Channel (see page C1.50)

™ 13 FIBER-DUCT Slotted Channel (see page C1.50)

14

Bend Radius Control Trumpet (see page C1.53)



F. Index


C1.49


2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing Systems B1.Cable Ties

• Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system components made from V-0 flame class rated material • Snap on non-slip covers


• Compatible with PANDUIT ® FIBERRUNNER ® 2x2, 4x4, 6x4 and 12x4 Routing Systems

Part Number

System Size

Part Description


FIBER-DUCT ™ Channel B3. Stainless Steel

S2X2YL6NM

Used to carry the cables throughout the FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System. Accepts cover C2YL6. Cover sold separately.

2x2

6

120

S4X4YL6NM

Used to carry the cables throughout the FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System. Accepts cover C4YL6. Cover sold separately.

4x4

6

60

S2X2 S4X4

C1.Wiring Duct

FIBER-DUCT ™ Slotted Channel E2X2YL6

Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the back of equipment racks throughout the system. Accepts cover C2YL6. Extra supports required when used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately.

2x2

6

120

E4X4YL6

Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the back of equipment racks throughout the system. Accepts cover C4YL6. Extra supports required when used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately.

4x4

6

60

C2. Surface Raceway

E2X2 E4X4 C3. Abrasion Protection

FIBER-DUCT ™ Cover C2YL6

Cover for FIBER-DUCT ™ channel and FIBER-DUCT ™ slotted channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral high friction lining to inhibit cover movement.

2x2

6

120

C4YL6

Cover for FIBER-DUCT ™ channel and FIBER-DUCT ™ slotted channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral high friction lining to inhibit cover movement.

4x4

6

120


D1.Terminals

C2 C4 NOTE: Available with mounting holes. To order, delete NM from the part number. For fastest installation use NR2WH-L or NR4BL-L Snap Rivets. For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.


E1. Labeling System

FIBER-DUCT ™ System Fittings

Part Number E2. Labels

FCF2X2 FCF4X4

FCF2X2YL

Used to join two sections of duct together. FIBER-DUCT ™ coupler is not required at each fitting connection.

2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5

2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5

Horizontal Right Angle Fitting FRA2X2 FRA4X4


Part Description


Coupler Fitting FCF4X4YL


System Size

FRA2X2YL FRA4X4YL

Attaches to channel to create a 90° horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. Cover included.

For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.

F. Index

C1.50




FIBER-DUCT ™ System Fittings (continued)

Part Number

Part Description

System Size


Horizontal Tee Fitting FT2X2 FT4X4

FT2X2YL FT4X4YL

Attaches to channel to create a 90° horizontal branch from a straight horizontal run. Cover included.

2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5

Attaches to channel to create a horizontal four way cross intersection. Cover included.

2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5

Used for closing off open ends of the channel. No coupler required. Push-on installation.

2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5

2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5

Four Way Cross Fitting FFWC2X2YL FFWC2X2 FFWC4X4

FFWC4X4YL

FEC4X4YL

FIV454X4YL

FOV452X2YL

C1.Wiring Duct

Attaches to channel to create a 45° downward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical 45° angle fitting FIV452X2YL or FIV454X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included.

C2. Surface Raceway


2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5

2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5

2x2

1

5

4x4

1

5


Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting FIVRA2X2YL FIVRA4X4YL

FIVRA2X2 FIVRA4X4

Attaches to channel to create a 45° upward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 45° angle fitting FOV452X2YL or FOV454X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included.

Outside Vertical 45° Angle Fitting

FOV454X4YL

FOV452X2 FOV454X4

B3. Stainless Steel

Inside Vertical 45° Angle Fitting FIV452X2YL

FIV452X2 FIV454X4


End Cap Fitting FEC2X2YL

FEC2X2 FEC4X4

B1.Cable Ties

Attaches to channel to create a 90° upward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 90° angle fitting FOVRA2X2YL or FOVRA4X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included.

D1.Terminals

Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting FOVRA2X2YL FOVRA4X4YL

Attaches to channel to create a 90° downward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical 90° angle fitting FIVRA2X2YL or FIVRA4X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included.


E1. Labeling System

4x4 to 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ Reducer Fitting FOVRA2X2 FOVRA4X4

FRF42YL

Joins any 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ fitting to the 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ channel, S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6. Includes cover.

2x2 4x4

1

5 E2. Labels

For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.

FRF42



F. Index


C1.51


FIBER-DUCT ™ Spillouts B1.Cable Ties

Part Number B2. Cable Accessories

System Size

Part Description


2x2 Vertical Tee FVTHD2X2

FVTHD2X2YL

B3. Stainless Steel

FTR2X2

2x2

1

5

2x2

1

5

Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with FIBERRUNNER ® spill-over fitting FRSPYL, 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ fittings and the 2x2 FIBERRUNNER ® hinged channel. Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure system integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.

2x2

1

5

Attaches to channel to create a 90° vertical drop from a horizontal run. Accepts FIDT4X4BL, FTR4X4YL, S4X4YL6 or E4X4YL6 directly.

4x4

1

5

4x4

1

5

4x4

1

5

3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit FTR2X2YL

C1.Wiring Duct

Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90° vertical drop from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use QUIKLOCK ™ coupler FBC2X2YL with HS2X2YL6 or H2X2YL6 channels. Use snap rivets NR2WH-L or bolts F14PN-L with S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6 channels. Also accepts FIDT2X2YL.

Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a FIBERRUNNER ® spill-over fitting FRSPYL or from 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ channel.

1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing C2. Surface Raceway

FIDT2X2YL FIDT2X2


4x4 Vertical Tee FVT4X4

FVT4X4YL


3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout FTR4X4YL D1.Terminals

FTR4X4

Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4 or 6x4 FIBERRUNNER ® vertical tee and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ fittings.

2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

FIDT4X4BL

E1. Labeling System

FIDT4X4BL

Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL or FVT4X4YL. Securely holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system integrity and easy access to add or remove cables. Black color only.

For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).

E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.52




FIBER-DUCT ™ Bend Radius Control Trumpets • Provides method to transition cabling into rack system

• Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control B1.Cable Ties

Part Number TRC2BL

Part Description Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall of 2" wall heights of Type E FIBER-DUCT ™ channels.

System Size 2x2

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 1 10


TRC2BL

TRC4BL

Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall of 4" wall heights of Type E FIBER-DUCT ™ channels.

4x4

1

10

B3. Stainless Steel

TRC4BL C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

FIBER-DUCT ™ Accessories

Part Number

System Size

Part Description



Innerduct Transition Fitting – 2x2 Size FITF2X2 FITF2X2

FITF4X4A

Provides transition from 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System to 3/4" (19mm) or 1" (25.4mm) inner duct.

2x2

1

10

4x4

1

10


Innerduct Transition Fitting – 4x4 Size FITF4X4A

Provides transition from 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System to two pieces of 1" (25.4mm) inner duct.

D1.Terminals

Innerduct Transition Fitting – 4x4 Size FITF4X4B FITF4X4B

NR2WH - L NR4BL - L

Provides transition from 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Routing System to two pieces of 1 1/4" (31.8mm) inner duct.

4x4

1

10

Snap rivet fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. Snap rivet mounts flush to surfaces.

2x2

50

500

4x4

50

500

™

Snap Rivets NR2WH-L NR4BL-L

Plastic Bolts and Nuts F14PWN-L

F14PWN-L

1/4" plastic bolts and wing nuts fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity.

2x2 4x4

50

500

F14PN-L

1/4" plastic bolts and hex nuts fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity.

2x2 4x4

50

500

F14PN - L

FBB4-X FBB

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

Snap Bracket Clip FBB2-X


Snap bracket enables the FIBER-DUCT channel to be quickly and securely mounted. Contains all hardware for assembly to any FIBER-DUCT ™ bracket. ™

2x2

10

100

4x4

10

100 E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers


F. Index


C1.53


FIBER-DUCT ™ Mounting Brackets B1.Cable Ties

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Std. For Threaded Pkg. Ctn. Rod Size Qty. Qty.

Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System B2. Cable Accessories

FTRBE12, FTRBE58 FTRBE12M

FTRBE12 FTRBE58 FTRBE12M

B3. Stainless Steel

Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems from existing threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two split nuts. Contains hardware for attaching to threaded rods and hardware for mounting channel to bracket.

1/2"

1

10

5/8"

1

10

12mm

1

10

1/2"

1

10

5/8"

1

10

12mm

1

10

—

1

10

1/2"

1

10

5/8"

1

10

1/2"

1

10

5/8"

1

10

—

1

10

—

1

10

1/2"

1

10

5/8"

1

10

—

1

10

New Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System FTRBN12 FTRBN12, FTRBN58 FTRBN12M

C1.Wiring Duct

FTRBN58 FTRBN12M

Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems from new threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two nuts. Contains hardware for attaching to threaded rods and hardware for mounting channel to bracket.

Under-Floor Pedestal for FIBER-DUCT ™ System FUSB C2. Surface Raceway

FUSB

Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems by attaching to under floor pedestal (not included). Use on pedestals up to 1" in diameter. Bracket contains hardware to attach to pedestal and hardware for mounting channel to bracket.

Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" Ladder Rack C3. Abrasion Protection


FLB12X15 FLB12X15 FLB58X15 FLB12X20 FLB58X20

FLB58X15

Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 2" Ladder Rack FLB12X20 FLB58X20

D1.Terminals

Bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.

Bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.

Ladder Rack Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System FLRB

FLRB


Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems attaching directly to any 3/8" (9.5mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. No threaded rod required. Contains hardware for mounting channel to bracket.

“L” Wall Mount Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System FLB

FLB

E1. Labeling System

Used to support 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems by attaching to a wall or the front or back of an equipment rack. Contains hardware for mounting channel to bracket.

Strut Metal Framing Bracket FTRB12

E2. Labels

FTRB12 FTRB58

FTRB58

Bracket attaches to strut metal framing. Contains bracket and hardware for attaching threaded rod to metal framing.

Adjustable “Z” Bracket FZBA1.5X4


Bracket used to offset FIBER-DUCT ™ System from mounting surface, adjustable from 1.5" (38mm) to 4" (101mm). Typically used on the front of an equipment rack.

FZBA1.5X4 E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

F. Index

C1.54




FIBER-DUCT ™ Mounting Brackets (continued) B1.Cable Ties

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Std. For Threaded Pkg. Ctn. Rod Size Qty. Qty.

Top Rail of Rack Support Bracket FMRB

FMRB

Bracket attaches to top rail of equipment rack for added support in a vertical direction. Contains hardware for attaching bracket to an EIA/TIA rack and for mounting channel to bracket.

—

1

10

B3. Stainless Steel

EIA/TIA Threaded Rod Mounting Bracket FEIAB58

FEIAB58

Bracket consists of two identical components that clamp onto the crossmembers of standard EIA/TIA racks and are secured with standard hex nuts and split lockwashers (included) tightened onto a length of 5/8" diameter threaded rod (not included). The threaded rod is positioned in the center of the brackets providing a vertical threaded rod stud to mount FIBERRUNNER ® and FIBER-DUCT ™ threaded rod mounting brackets onto.

5/8"

1

10

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

Two Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" – 2" Ladder Rack F2PCLB12 F2PCLB58 F2PCLB12M F2PCLB12 F2PCLB58 F2PCLB12M F2PCLB58M

F2PCLB58M

Two piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.

1/2"

1

10

5/8"

1

10

12mm

1

10

16mm

1

10

Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel Auxiliary Framing Bars FRAFC58

Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars. Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware for attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars. (5/8" threaded rod not included.)


5/8"

1



10

FRAFC58

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.55


Cable Fills for 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Cable Routing System The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. B1.Cable Ties 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System

2.25" (57.1mm)

Internal Area in2

Diameter 1.6mm .063"



CAT 6 Diameter 6.35mm .25"

CAT 5e Diameter 4.9mm .193"

3.5

449

286

128

29

48

3.5

561

357

160

36

60

3.5

674

428

192

43

72

W


Fill/Pile Up A=3.5in (2258mm2) 2

H

2.10" (53.3mm)

40% Fill 2" Pile Up

50% Fill

B3. Stainless Steel

2" Pile Up

60% Fill 2" Pile Up

C1.Wiring Duct

4.25" (107.9mm) 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System

C2. Surface Raceway

A=14.6in2 (9419mm2)

4.10" (104.1mm)

Fill/Pile Up

Internal Area in2




CAT 6 Diameter 6.35mm .25"

CAT 5e Diameter 4.9mm .193"

7.60 11.30 14.60

975 1450 1873

620 922 1191

278 413 534

62 92 119

104 155 200

7.60 11.30 14.60

1219 1812 2342

775 1153 1489

347 517 668

77 115 149

130 193 250

40% Fill


2" Pile Up 3" Pile Up 4" Pile Up

50% Fill 2" Pile Up 3" Pile Up 4" Pile Up


D1.Terminals

60% Fill 2" Pile Up 7.60 1463 930 417 93 156 3" Pile Up 11.30 2175 1383 620 138 232 4" Pile Up 14.60 2810 1787 801 178 299 Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use FRCUT miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T or 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C1.56




Notes B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C1.57


PAN-WAY ® NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY B1.Cable Ties


PAN-WAY ® Non-Metallic Surface Raceways provide maximum flexibility for routing, protecting, concealing and terminating high performance copper, voice, video, fiber optic and power cabling. PANDUIT surface raceways are designed with attention to function and aesthetics to blend with any décor. PANDUIT surface raceway systems include transition fittings that facilitate seamless integration of one PANDUIT surface raceway system to another. PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems work with all PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules for complete connectivity possibilities.

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

• Aesthetically pleasing • Lightweight

C2. Surface Raceway

• Tamper resistant • Bend radius control • Resists dents and conceals scratches and chips


• Ease of modifications and additions • Lowest installed cost


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.0

PANDUIT surface raceway provides a variety of choices when selecting data and electrical terminations. All PANDUIT surface raceways include a full complement of fittings that are designed to maintain the proper bend radius control required for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems.All of the raceways accept either NEMA 70mm standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates.PANDUIT surface raceway systems work with all PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules, for complete connectivity possibilities.


PAN-WAY ® OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY

PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway is a one-piece single channel system designed to route data cabling along the top of office furniture partitions. Outlets can be positioned at any point along the partition at desk level or in the corner at the intersection of two partitions. Office Furniture Raceway has a tamper resistant closure design, which protects sensitive cabling from accidental damage and discourages unauthorized access, yet the system is accessible by a qualified installer for moves, adds and changes.

• Designed for desktop terminations which utilize the typically unused area of the cubicle • Fittings meet TIA/EIA bend radius requirements preventing cable performance degradation, yet maintain original aesthetic “squared corner” styling of furniture • Designed to work with major office furniture manufacturers panels (such as Steelcase, Herman Miller and others) • Robust design includes a one-piece hinge and tamper resistant closure design which increases product stability and reduces inadvertent or unauthorized access to data cabling • Designed for use with PANDUIT connectivity; also accepts common manufacturers’ connectivity with use of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame The system includes a full complement of fittings, accessories, and termination options. PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway is available in four popular colors to blend with most office furniture systems and creates a virtually invisible cost effective routing solution.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.1


Office Furniture Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties


N

M

D

B3. Stainless Steel

P

1

T

O

S

C1.Wiring Duct

R Q

C2. Surface Raceway

L



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.2

G See exploded view 2 pg. C2.5

C

J

K

F See exploded view 1 pg. C2.4

V A

B

E

H

U

NOTE: Office Furniture Raceway is designed to blend with its environment. Shown in White on Office Slate furniture for illustration purposes only.


OFR20**6 – Office Furniture Raceway (page C2.6)

L

A

OFCR70**6 – Corner Raceway Base (page C2.6)

M

OFR20WE** – Wall Entrance Fitting (page C2.8)

B

OFCRC70**6 – Corner Raceway Cover (page C2.6)

N

OFR20RA** – Right Angle Fitting (page C2.8)

C

OFVR5**6 – Vertical Raceway (page C2.6)

O

OFR20T** – Tee Fitting (page C2.8)

D

OFR20CP**8 – Communication Pole (page C2.6)

P

OFR20CR** – Cross Fitting (page C2.8)

E

OFR20OFCR70**4 – Four Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)

Q

OFR20IC** – Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.8)

1

OFR20MPT** – Mid Panel Tee Fitting (page C2.8)

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



F

OFR20OFCR70**2 – Two Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)

R

OFR20OC** – Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.8) D1.Terminals

G

OFR20OFCR70**1 – One Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)

S

OFR20CC** – Coupler Fitting (page C2.8) D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

OFR20EC** – End Cap Fitting (page C2.9)

OFCR70EC** – Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting (page C2.8)

T

J

OFR20SO** – Spill Over Fitting (page C2.8)

U

OF70FV4** – Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.9)

K

OFR20DMB** – Desk Mount Box (page C2.8)

V

OF70FH4** – Horizontal Sloped Communication Snap-on Faceplate (page C2.9)

H

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.3


Office Furniture Configurations B1.Cable Ties

Exploded view 1 Components Required


B3. Stainless Steel

See page

A.

OFR20OFCR70**4 = Four Cubicle Drop Fitting.

C2.7

B.

OFCR70**6 = Corner Raceway Base.

C2.6

C.

OFCR70EC = Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting.

C2.7

D.

OF70FV4 = Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.

C2.8

E.

PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.

F.

OFCRC70**6 = Corner Raceway Cover.

®

®

—

C2.6

C1.Wiring Duct

A C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals

F D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

E

E1. Labeling System

B D

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.4

C


Office Furniture Configurations (continued) Exploded view 2

B1.Cable Ties

Components Required

See page

A.

OFR20SO** = Spill Over Fitting.

C2.7

B.

OFVR5**6 = Vertical Raceway.

C2.6

C.

OFR20DMB = Desk Mount Box.

C2.7

D.

PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.3

—

E.

OF70FH4** = Horizontal Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.

®

®


B3. Stainless Steel

C2.8

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

A



B

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

C E2. Labels

D E E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers


F. Index


C2.5


PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway System B1.Cable Ties


• UL listed in accordance with UL-5C requirements for Class 2 Communication Cable Management Systems • Maintains bend radius control throughout the entire Office Furniture Raceway system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B • Faceplates are compliant with the labeling requirements of the TIA/EIA-606-A standard • Robust design and tamper resistant closure increases product stability and prevents damage to cabling during and after installation

• Product supplied with adhesive backing for fast and easy installation • Creates a virtually invisible solution for routing data cables on panels from all common manufacturers with a top cap width between 1.88" and 2.30" • Designed for use with PAN-NET ® Connectivity, also accepts all common manufacturers’ connectivity with use of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame

B3. Stainless Steel 1.71"

C1.Wiring Duct

1.88" OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY Internal Area = 2.31 Sq. In.

Office Beige (OB)

Office Gray (OG)

C2. Surface Raceway

Part Number OFR20OB6



Office Beige

6

6

48

• Office Furniture Raceway fittings have been designed to maintain the TIA/EIA required 1" minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems

OFCR70

OFCRC70

Part Number

Part Description Office Furniture Corner Raceway Base. Used to terminate low voltage data cabling in the corner at the intersection of modular office furniture panels. Accepts 70mm standard faceplates. Available in 6' lengths.

—

Office Beige

6

48

OFCRC70OB6

Office Furniture Corner Raceway Cover. Available in 6' lengths.

—

Office Beige

6

48

OFVR5OB6

Office Furniture Vertical Raceway. One piece single channel raceway used to connect OFR20**6 to desk mount box (OFR20DMB**) and must be used with OFR20SO** or OFR20DSO**. Available in 6' lengths.

—

Office Beige

6

120

OFR20CPOB8

Communication Pole. Allows for data cable entry into Office Furniture Raceway from suspended ceiling. 8' pole allows maximum 7' distance from top of furniture partition to ceiling. Must be used with OFR20MPT**. NOTE: Not intended for use at intersection of furniture panels.

—

Office Beige

1

—



OFVR5

Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color‡ Qty. Qty.

OFCR70OB6

E2. Labels

C2.6

1.88" x 1.71"

PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway Fittings

E1. Labeling System

F. Index

Part Description Office Furniture Raceway. One piece single channel low voltage raceway with adhesive tape backing for data cable routing along top of modular furniture partitions. Available in 6' lengths.

Std. Std. Raceway Length Pkg. Ctn. Size Color‡ (ft) Qty. Qty.

‡For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.

D1.Terminals


Medium Tone (MT)

Office Slate (OS)

OFR20CP ‡For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). **Computer printable labels found on pages E2.1 – E2.30.




PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued)

Part Number OFR20OFCR70OB4

OFR20OFCR70**4

Part Description Four Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in four cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.

Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color‡ Qty. Qty. —

Office Beige

1

B1.Cable Ties

10


B3. Stainless Steel OFR20OFCR70OB2

OFR20OFCR70**2

OFR20OFCR70OB1

OFR20OFCR70**1

OFR20OFCR70OB1P

OFR20OFCR70**1P

Two Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in two cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

One Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in one cubicle at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

One Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in one cubicle at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

C1.Wiring Duct

Office Beige

1

10

C2. Surface Raceway

C3. Abrasion Protection Office Beige

1

10


D1.Terminals OFR20OFCR70OB2P

OFR20OFCR70**2P

OFR20OFCR70OB4P

OFR20OFCR70**4P

Two Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in two cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Four Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in four cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10


Office Beige

1

10

‡For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). **Computer printable labels found on pages E2.1 – E2.30.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.7


PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued) B1.Cable Ties

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color‡ Qty. Qty.

OFCR70ECOB

Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting. Opening allows cord passage through fitting such as monitor and keyboard cables. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20SOOB

Spill-Over Fitting. Allows transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Vertical Raceway in one location. Adjustable fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling and works with various panel widths between 1.88" – 2.30". Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20DSOOB

Double Spill-Over Fitting. Fitting is used to spill over both sides of the furniture partitions at the same location. Incorporates a built-in, yet removable end cap that eliminates the need for additional raceway and fittings to terminate the pathway.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20DMBOB

Desk Mount Box. Box accepts Office Furniture Snap-On Faceplates as well as 70mm NEMA standard screw-on faceplates. Designed for use with OFVR5**6 raceway and OFR20SO**, OFR20DSO** spill-over fittings. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20MPTOB

Mid-panel Tee Fitting. Used to connect communication pole to Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall. Supplied with adhesive tape. NOTE: Not intended for use at intersection of furniture panels.

—

Office Beige

1

10

D1.Terminals

OFR20WEOB

—

Office Beige

1

10


Wall Entrance Fitting. Allows entry from wall to Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition walls. Fitting includes bend radius protection and trim plate to cover wall opening. Requires minimum wall opening of 4.5"W x 3.0"H. Supplied with adhesive tape.

OFR20RAOB

Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at 90° flat junction. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20TOB

Tee Fitting. Used to create an undivided tee junction between sections of Office Furniture Raceway. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20CROB

Cross Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at four corners. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20ICOB

Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at inside corner. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20OCOB

Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at outside corner. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

Office Beige

1

10

OFR20CCOB-X

Coupler Fitting. For use with Office Furniture Raceway.

—

Office Beige

10

100


OFRCR70EC

OFR20SO

OFR20DSO

OFR20DMB

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


OFR20MPT

OFR20WE


OFR20RA

OFR20CR

OFR20T

OFR20IC

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

OFR20OC



OFR20CC


F. Index

C2.8




PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued)

OFR20LC

Part Number

Part Description

OFR20LCOB

Long Coupler Fitting. Used to bridge Office Furniture Raceway between panel sections. Can also be used to fill void left by Spill-Over Fitting, when furniture partitions are reconfigured.

—

End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate Office Furniture Raceway. Supplied with adhesive tape.

—

OFR20ECOB

OFR20EC OF70FH2OB

OF70FV2OB

OF70FH2

OF70FV2

OF70FH4OB

OF70FH4

OF70FV4

OF70FV4OB

T70SDB-X

T70SDB-X

Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color‡ Qty. Qty. Office Beige

1

Office Beige

1

1

Snap-On Single Gang Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.

1-One Port 1-Two Port

Office Beige

Snap-On Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.


Office Beige

Snap-On Single Gang Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to four PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.

1-One Port 1-Four Port

Office Beige

Snap-On Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to four PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.


Office Beige

—

Gray

Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.

B1.Cable Ties

10


10

B3. Stainless Steel 10

C1.Wiring Duct 1

10

C2. Surface Raceway 1

10

C3. Abrasion Protection 1

10

C4. Cable Management 10

—


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.9


Cable Fill Capacities for Office Furniture Raceway B1.Cable Ties

This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

A = 2.31 in2 Cable fill #1: Open Channel without Devices

C2. Surface Raceway

MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.

SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes.

MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.


CR-SR-Cove-Wirefill1

C4. Cable Management Raceway Type & Configuration

Fill Area (in²)

D1.Terminals 1.


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.10

OFR20: No Devices.

2.30

Data Grade Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM

Data Grade Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM

Cat 5e (4pr) DIA. = .217

Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .250

FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 24

37

FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 18

28

Audio/Video Cable Fiber Optic Cable RG6

2 Strand

DIA. = .275

DIA. = .175

FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 15

23

FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 38

57


PAN-WAY ® COVE RACEWAY

PAN-WAY ® Cove Raceway is a full line of NEC and TIA/EIA compliant raceway,which has the appearance of architectural molding; that allows you to route,conceal,protect and terminate copper,voice,video, fiber optic or power cabling.This offering adds elegance to any room or work area by softening the horizontal angles between the wall and ceiling or the vertical angles between two walls.

• UL & CSA rated 600V • Bend radius control is maintained throughout the entire system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B • Product mounts high out of reach for increased tamper resistance • Divided channel system allows for routing and terminations of both power and data cabling • Raceway and fitting covers may be painted to match any décor

PAN-WAY ® Cove Raceway includes a full complement of fittings and transitions easily to other PANDUIT raceway such as LD, LDPH, LD2P10,T-45 and T-70.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.11


Cove Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties

D See exploded view 3 pg. C2.15


T

U

U

V

G 1

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

B

L

M

O

N

F C2. Surface Raceway

A

2

See exploded view 4 pg. C2.15

3


H

C C4. Cable Management

D E

D1.Terminals

See exploded view 1 pg.C2.14

J K D

P Q See exploded view 2 pg. C2.14

R D K


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.12

4

S


1

WCM35BIW, WCM35CIW – Cove Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.16)

H

JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.52)

WCM35DW – Cove Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.16)

J

T70FV4** – Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)

2

LDPH10** – LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.77)

K

T70PG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.54)

3

T45B**, T45C** – T-45 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.48)

1

L 3

T45DW – T-45 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.48)

4


M

4

T70DW – T-70 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.36)

N

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

WCM35OCIW – Cove Raceway Outside Corner Fitting (page C2) C1.Wiring Duct

WCM35CCIW – Cove Raceway Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.17) C2. Surface Raceway

WCM35TIW – Cove Raceway Tee Fitting (page C2.17) C3. Abrasion Protection

A

WCM35ECIW – Cove Raceway End Cap (page C2.17)

O

WCM35TI – Cove Raceway Tee Fitting Insert (page C2.17) C4. Cable Management

B

WCM35TR10IW – Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for LD/LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.17)

P

D1.Terminals

Q C

JBP1** – Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)

R D

ERU20** – 20A Rectangular Outlet (page C2.60)

E

CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)

F

WCM35ICIW – Cove Raceway Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.17)

G

WCM35TRIW – Cove Raceway Transition Fitting for T-45 and LD Series Raceways (page C2.17)

WCM35TR70IW – Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for T-70 Raceway (page C2.17) T70WC2** – T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.37) T70FH2** – Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)

S

T70EC** – T70 Raceway End Cap Fitting (page C2.37)

T

FP2RC – Double Gang Rectangular Electrical and Communication Faceplate (page C2.59)

U

WCM35DBFIW – Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter (page C2.17)


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

V

T70FH4** – Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)



F. Index


C2.13


Cove Configurations B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel


See page

A.

WCM35TR10 = Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for LD/LDP10 Raceway.

C2.17

B.

JBP1 = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box.

C2.58

C.

ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).

C2.60

D.

CPG = Screw-On Single Gang Rectangular Faceplate.

C2.59

A

C1.Wiring Duct

B

C C2. Surface Raceway

D


Exploded view 2 C4. Cable Management

Components Required A.

WCM35TR = Cove Raceway Transition Fitting.

C2.17

B.

JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.

C2.52

C.

PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.

D.

T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Snap-On Faceplate.

C2.54

E.

T70FV4 = Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate.

C2.52

F.


C2.60

D1.Terminals


See page

A

—

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F

B

D C

F. Index

C2.14

E


Cove Configurations (continued) Exploded view 3

B1.Cable Ties

Components Required

See page

A.

WCM35DBF = Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter.

C2.17

B.

FP2RC = PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Faceplates for Power and Communication.

C2.59

C.


D.



— B3. Stainless Steel

C2.60

A D

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

A C


B C4. Cable Management

Exploded view 4 D1.Terminals


WCM35DBF = Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter.

B.


C.

T70FH4 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate.

See page C2.17 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

— C2.52

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

A E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

A B C For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.


F. Index

C2.15


PAN-WAY ® Cove Raceway System B1.Cable Ties


• UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Bend radius control is maintained throughout the entire Cove Raceway System as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B • Tamper resistant

• Transitions to PANDUIT T-70, T-45, and LD Profile Raceways • Cove raceway and fittings may be painted to blend with any decor • Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes

3.50"

B3. Stainless Steel

3.50"

C1.Wiring Duct

COVE RACEWAY Internal Area = 5.40 Sq. In. (3484 Sq. mm)

C2. Surface Raceway

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Raceway Length Ctn. Size Color‡ (ft) Qty.

Cove Raceway Base WCM35BIW8 C3. Abrasion Protection

WCM35BIW8


3.50" x 3.50"

Off White

8

64

—

Off White

8

64

—

Gray

8

64

Cove Raceway Cover WCM35CIW8

D1.Terminals

Cove Raceway Base is available in 8' lengths and is used for mounting in the horizontal corner between the ceiling and wall or vertical corner between walls.

Cove Raceway Cover available in 8' lengths.

WCM35CIW8

Cove Raceway Divider Wall WCM35DW8


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

Cove Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in Cove Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' lengths.

WCM35DW8

‡All parts available in IW (Off White) only except for WCM35DW8 which is available in Gray only. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity. Order raceway base and cover separately.



F. Index

C2.16




PAN-WAY ® Cove Raceway Fittings • Cove raceway fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems

WCM35CCIW-X

WCM35OCIW

WCM35TI

WCM35TRIW

WCM35TR10IW

WCM35DBFIW

WCM35ICIW

WCM35TIW

WCM35ECIW

WCM35TR5IW

WCM35TR70IW

WCM35BFIW

Part Number Part Description WCM35CCIW-X Cover Coupler Fittings. Used to join two pieces of Cove Raceway Cover together.

Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White

Std. Ctn. Qty. 100

WCM35ICIW

Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join Cove Raceway at inside corners. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling.

Off White

1

10

WCM35OCIW

Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join Cove Raceway at outside corners. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling.

Off White

1

10

WCM35TIW

Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of Cove Raceway to form a “tee” junction. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling.

Off White

1

10

WCM35TI

Tee Fitting Insert. Mounts inside Cove Raceway tee fitting to maintain channel separation at tee junctions. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling.

Gray

1

10

WCM35ECIW

End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate or enter Cove Raceway. Includes breakouts for 1/2" and 3/4" conduit.

Off White

1

10

WCM35TRIW

Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to PAN-WAY ® T-45 Raceway or LD Series Raceways.

Off White

1

10

WCM35TR5IW

Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to LD/LDPH5.

Off White

1

10

WCM35TR10IW Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to LD/LDPH10.

Off White

1

10

WCM35TR70IW Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to T-70.

Off White

1

10

Device Box and Faceplate Adapter. Used in Cove Raceway to install single or double gang power and/or data devices in-line. Will accept snap-on or screw-on single gang faceplate or screw-on double gang faceplate. NOTE: Will accept GFCI or TVSS outlets in single gang configuration only.

Off White

1

10

WCM35BFIW

Backfeed Fitting. Inserts allow cable entry and exit through the back of the raceway and conduit. Breakouts include 1/2", 3/4" and 1" .

Off White

1

10

WCM35WR-X

Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place. Will not interfere with cover installation.

Gray

10

—

WCM35DBFIW

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

‡All parts available in IW (Off White) only except WCM35WR-X and WCM35TI which are available in Gray only.

WCM35WR-X



F. Index


C2.17


Cable Fill Capacities for Cove Raceway B1.Cable Ties

This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to Ithe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.


B3. Stainless Steel

A = 5.4 in2 C1.Wiring Duct

A = 5.0 in2

Cable fill #1: Open channel without Devices.

3A = 2.4 in2

Cable fill #2: Open channel with Wire Retainer.

3B = 2.4 in2

Cable fill #3: Divided channel (power and data) with Wire Retainer and Divider Wall.

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals

A = 1.4 in2

A = 1.6 in2

Cable fill #4: Divided Channel (power and data) with Device Box and Faceplate.


Cable fill #5: Divided Channel (power and data) with Low Profile Transition Insert.

SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels


Raceway Type & Configuration

1.

WCM35: No Devices.

2.

WCM35: Using Wire Retainer – No Devices.

3A. 3B. 4A.

WCM35: Power and data using Wire Retainer and Divider Wall. WCM35: Power and data using DBF.

4B.

F. Index

5A. 5B.

C2.18

MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors. MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.

CR-SR-Cove-Wirefill1


A = 2.4in2

A = 1.8 in2

WCM35: Power and data using Low Profile Transition Insert.

Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM Fill Area (in²)

Audio/Video

Fiber Optic Cable

RG6

2 Strand

THHN/T90 .105 .122 .153

Cat 5e (4pr) DIA. = .217

Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .250

DIA. = .275

DIA. = .175

FILL MAX MAX MAX (UL Temp Rise Test)

FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%)




5.4

50

40

30

58

87

44

66

29

43

89

134

5

50

40

30

54

81

41

61

26

40

83

124 58

2.4

—

—

—

25

38

19

28

13

19

39

2.4

30

25

20

—

—

—

—

13

19

22

—

1.6

—

—

—

17

25

13

19

10

16

26

35

1.4

25

25

20

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1.8

25

25

20

19

29

14

22

12

18

29

44

2.5

—

—

—

25

38

19

28

13

19

39

58


PAN-WAY ® TG-70 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Non-Metallic Surface Raceway is a multi-channel raceway, which provides a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling when maximum cable capacity is required.

B1.Cable Ties


• Large raceway channel provides maximum capacity • Fittings maintain (1.6") 40mm bend radius control • Multi-channel two-piece design • Aesthetically pleasing • Lightweight • Tamper resistant

The TG-70 Raceway System consists of raceway base and cover, fittings, termination hardware and accessories. PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Raceway can mount NEMA standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates directly to the channel. Fittings for TG-70 are available to transition to PAN-WAY ® T-45 and LD Raceway.

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.19


TG-70 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties


T


B3. Stainless Steel


S

N C1.Wiring Duct

1

G


L

H

C2. Surface Raceway


K

D A

2 B

M

Q

F

J O See exploded view 3 pg. C2.23

D1.Terminals

C D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

E1. Labeling System

D E F

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.20

R

P


A


1

TG-70** – TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.24)

1

TGDW – TG-70 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.24)

2

LD2P10** – Raceway (page C2.75)

A

TGEC** – TG-70 End Cap (page C2.75)

J

K

TGOC** – TG-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.25)

TGT** – TG-70 Tee Fitting (page C2.25)

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

L

TGTD – TG Tee Divider (page C2.25) C1.Wiring Duct

M

TGBF** – TG-70 Backfeed Fitting (page C2.25) C2. Surface Raceway

B

TGTR** – TG-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.25)

C

JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Box (page C2.52)

D

T70PG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.54)

E

F

G

H


ERU20** – 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)

TG70BC** – TG-70 Base Couplers (page C2.25)

T70CC** – T-70 Cover Couplers (page C2.25)

N

TGIC** – TG-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.25)

O

TG70HB3-X – TG-70 Hanging Box with Divider Wall (page C2.26)

P




D1.Terminals


Q

TGRA** – TG-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.25) E1. Labeling System

R

CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Power and Communication Faceplate (page C2.59)

S

T70DB-X – T-70 Device Bracket (page C2.26)

T

TGEE** – TG-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.25)

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.21


TG-70 Configurations B1.Cable Ties



B3. Stainless Steel

See page

A.

T70FV2 = Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.

B.


C.

T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate.

C2.54

D.


C2.60

E.

JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.

C2.52

C1.Wiring Duct

C2.52 —

™

C2. Surface Raceway

C A


E

D B



D1.Terminals


See page

A.

T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical Communication Faceplate.

C2.54

B.


C2.60

C.

TG70HB3 = TG-70 Three-Sided Hanging Box.

C2.26

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

B E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

C E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

F. Index

C2.22

A


TG-70 Configurations (continued) Exploded view 3

B1.Cable Ties



B.


See page C2.52 B2. Cable Accessories

—

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

B

C2. Surface Raceway

A C3. Abrasion Protection

Exploded view 4 Components Required A.

CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).

B.

PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules. T70DB = T70 Device Bracket.

C.


See page C2.59 —

D1.Terminals

C2.26


C

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

A



F. Index


C2.23


PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Surface Raceway System B1.Cable Ties

• Compatible with NEMA standard faceplates or PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates • Transitions to PANDUIT T-45 and LD Profile Raceway • Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes

• UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design • Tamper resistant


B3. Stainless Steel TG-70 Internal Area = 10.85 Sq. In.

C1.Wiring Duct

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Length Ctn. Qty. Raceway Size Color‡ (ft)

TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover – PACKAGED TOGETHER TG70IW8

C2. Surface Raceway

TG70

TG70IW10

TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.

5.32" x 2.68"

Off White

—

Off White

8

32

10

40

8

96

10

120

8

64

10

80

T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover T70CIW8 C3. Abrasion Protection

T70CIW10

T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths.

TG Raceway Divider Wall TGDW8 C4. Cable Management

T70C TGDW10

TG Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in TG Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

—

Gray

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.

D1.Terminals

TGDW D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.24




PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Raceway Fittings • TG-70 fittings are designed to exceed the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems

Part Number T70CCIW-X T70CC

TGRA

TGSIC

TGSOC

TG70BC

Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together.

B1.Cable Ties


Std. Ctn. Qty. 100


TG70BCIW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Each piece includes two base coupler halves for joining sections of TG-70 Base together.

Off White

10

—

TGRAIW

Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at 90° flat junctions.

Off White

1

10

TGICIW

Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at inside corners. Fittings adjust from 85° to 135° to adapt to non-square corners.

Off White

1

—

C1.Wiring Duct

TGSICIW

Inside Corner Fitting – Non-adjustable. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at inside corners.

Off White

1

10

C2. Surface Raceway

TGOCIW

Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at outside corners. Fittings adjust from 85° to 135° to adapt to non-square corners.

Off White

1

—

TGSOCIW

Outside Corner Fitting – Non-adjustable. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at outside corners.

Off White

1

10

TGTIW

Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at tee intersections.

Off White

1

5

TGTD

Tee Divider Insert. Mounts inside TGT Tee Fitting to maintain channel separation in TG Raceway at tee intersections.

Gray

1

5

TGECIW

End Cap. Used to terminate or allow entry to TG Raceway. Two knockouts each for ½" (16mm) and 1" (27mm) conduit.

Off White

1

10

TGEEIW

Entrance End Fitting. Accepts large conduit, (up to 2") in line or at a right angle. Maintains a 40mm bend radius with a removable insert and channel separation.

Off White

1

10

TGTRIW

Transition Fitting from TG to T-45. Provides a tee transition from TG Raceway to T-45 and LD series size 5 and 10. Use with RF5X3 Reducer Fitting to transition to LD series size 3.

Off White

1

10

TGBFIW

Backfeed Fitting. Features breakouts to enter through the bottom of the fitting and maintains bend radius control with a removable, bend radius insert and channel separation.

Off White

1

10

TGBFI

Backfeed Fitting Insert. Removable and maintains bend radius control.

Off White

1

10

TGIC

TGOC

TGT

B3. Stainless Steel



D1.Terminals

TGTD

TGEE

TGEC

TGTR


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).


TGBF

TGBFI E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

F. Index


C2.25


PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Raceway Accessories B1.Cable Ties

• TG-70 accessories consist of device mounting brackets, standard faceplate brackets for data, wire retainers, and fiber spool brackets. The three-sided hanging box is used to mount NEMA standard single gang outlet and communications devices


B3. Stainless Steel

T70DB-X

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Gray 10 —

Part Number T70DB-X

Part Description Device Mounting Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and communication devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates. Can be used with T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 Raceways.

T70SDB-X


Gray

10

—

TG70HB3-X

Three-sided Hanging Box. Mounts standard electrical outlets or communication devices with either NEMA standard single gang screw-on or PANDUIT Snap-on Faceplates. When used with TGDW Divider Wall, box separates and fully encloses device to provide cabling separation.

Gray

10

—

TG70HB3GFCI-X

GFCI Three-Sided Hanging Box. Accepts single gang U.S. GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) standard electrical devices. Provides increased internal area for connections and excess wire.

Gray

10

—

TG70WR-X

Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place during installation.

Gray

10

100

TGFSB

Fiber Spool Bracket. Each piece consists of two halves that snap into base of TG Raceway. Provides method to contain one meter or more of fiber slack and acts as a strain relief while maintaining a minimum 32mm bend radius. Bracket separation can be adjusted to fit the length of slack required.

Gray

1

10

T70SDB-X

C1.Wiring Duct

TG70HB3-X

TG70HB3GFCI-X

C2. Surface Raceway


TG70WR-X

TGFSB


D1.Terminals


TGFSB installed in TG-70 Raceway

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.26




Cable Fill Capacities for TG-70 Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to Ithe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

A = 10.09 in2

A = 10.68 in2

A = 10.85 in2

Cable fill #1: With Data only using Screw-On Faceplates and devices.

Cable fill #2: With Data only using Snap-On Faceplates and Wire Retainer.

Cable fill #3: With Wire Retainer. C2. Surface Raceway



A = 3.16 in2

A = 3.08 in2

A = 7.20 in2

Cable fill #4: Divided (see 5A and 5B for power and data applications).

A = 5.58 in2

Cable fill #5: With Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box.

SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.

D1.Terminals



MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum number of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test. CR-SR-TG70-Wirefill1


Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in²) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)

1.

TG-70: Data only using Screw-On Faceplates and Devices.

10.09

—

—

—

92

138

82

123

53

80

164

247

2.

TG-70: Data only using Snap-On Faceplates and Wire Retainer.

10.68

—

—

—

97

146

87

130

56

85

174

261

3.

TG-70: Wire Retainer without devices.

10.85

40

40

38

99

148

88

132

57

86

177

265

4A.

TG-70: Divided power and data (A).

3.16

28

28

26

28

43

25

38

17

25

51

77

4B.

TG-70: Divided power and data (B).

7.2

—

—

—

65

98

58

88

38

57

117

176

5A.

TG-70: Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box (A).

3.08

28

28

26

28

42

25

37

16

24

50

75

5B.

TG-70: Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box (B).

5.58

—

—

—

51

76

45

68

30

44

91

136


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.27


Notes B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.28


PAN-WAY ® T-70 & TWIN-70 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY PAN-WAY ® T-70 and Twin-70 Non-Metallic Surface Raceways are multi-channel raceways which provide solutions for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. T-70 features the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box which provides an offset solution to maximize channel capacity and outlet density. Twin-70 offers two totally independent channels maintained throughout the system for independent access to power, copper and fiber optic cabling.

• Aesthetically pleasing • Lightweight • Tamper resistant • Fittings maintain 1" bend radius control • T-70 utilizes a single channel with snap-in divider wall to provide multi-channel capability • Twin-70 utilizes two independent channels and covers to provide multi-channel capability

The T-70 and Twin-70 raceway systems consist of raceway base and cover, fittings, termination hardware and accessories. PAN-WAY ® T-70 and Twin-70 raceway can mount NEMA standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates directly to the channel. Fittings for T-70 and Twin-70 are available to transition to T-70,Twin-70,T-45 and LD raceways.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.29


T-70 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties

M G


J See exploded view 1 pg. C2.32

B3. Stainless Steel


K

1 S

C1.Wiring Duct

B

K

H

E

Q

C P

D

C2. Surface Raceway

A

J


L


R J

D1.Terminals

N D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

O S

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.30

S

F

2


T See exploded view 3 pg. C2.33


1

T70B**, T70C** – T-70 Base and Cover (page C2.36)

J

1

T70DW – T-70 Divider Wall (page C2.36)

K

2

LD2P10** – LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.75)

A

B

C


B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

L

T70RA** – T-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.36) C1.Wiring Duct

T70EC** – T-70 End Cap Fitting (page C2.37)

M

T70EE** – T-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.37)

N

JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.58)

O

T70FV2** – Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)

T70TR** – T-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.37)

T70T** – T-70 Tee Fitting T70TD – T-70 Tee Divider (page C2.37)

T70PG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals

D

T70OC** – T-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.37)

P

T70DB-X – T-70 Device Bracket (page C2.40) D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

Q E

T70BC** – T-70 Base Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)

F

T70CC** – T-70 Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)

G

T70WC2** – T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER™ Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.37)

H

T70IC** – T-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.36)

CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.55) E1. Labeling System

R

T70BF** – T-70 Backfeed Fitting (page C2.37)

S


T

T70HB3-X – Three-Sided Hanging Box (page C2.40)

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.31


T-70 Configurations B1.Cable Ties



B3. Stainless Steel

A.

T70WC2 = T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates.

C2.37

B.


C2.60 —

C.


D.


C2.53

E.


C2.52

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

B C3. Abrasion Protection

D

A C4. Cable Management

D1.Terminals

C

E1. Labeling System

E



See page

A.


C2.53

B.


C2.60

C.

T70HB3-X = Three-Sided Hanging Box.

C2.40

E2. Labels


C


A F. Index

C2.32

See page ™


T-70 Configurations (continued) B1.Cable Ties



B.

PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules. ®

See page C2.52

®


—

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

B C3. Abrasion Protection


Exploded view 4

D1.Terminals


See page

CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplates

C2.59 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

— C2.40

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

B

C


A E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

F. Index


C2.33


Twin-70 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties

R B2. Cable Accessories

A

C

H B3. Stainless Steel

F

A

L

J B

C1.Wiring Duct

M

S

1 Q

C2. Surface Raceway

3 P

K C3. Abrasion Protection

G

2

O N


D1.Terminals


C

C

D

F

E

S

F E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.34


1

2

3

A

B

T702B**, T70C** – Twin-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.38)

J

T70CC** – T-70 Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)

K

T702T** – Twin-70 Tee Fitting (page C2.39)



B3. Stainless Steel


L

T702IC** – Twin-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.39)

M

T702TR** – Twin-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.39)

T702EC** – Twin-70 End Cap Fitting (page C2.39)

T702TRL** – Twin-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.39)

B1.Cable Ties

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


T70RA** – T-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.36)

N

C


O

D

T70FV2** – Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)


P


E

JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.58)


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

F


Q

T702RA** – Twin-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.39)

E2. Labels

G

T702OC** – Twin-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.39)

R

T702EE** – Twin-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.39)


H

T702BC** – Twin-70 Base Coupler Fitting (page C2.39)


S

T70DB-X** – T-70 Device Mounting Bracket (page C2.40) F. Index


C2.35


PAN-WAY ® T-70 Surface Raceway System B1.Cable Ties

• Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates • Transitions to PANDUIT T-45 and LD Profile Raceways • Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes

• UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design • Tamper resistant


B3. Stainless Steel T-70 Internal Area = 5.15 Sq. In.

C1.Wiring Duct

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty. Raceway Size Color‡

T-70 Raceway Base T70BIW8

C2. Surface Raceway

T70BIW10

T70B

T70CIW8 T70CIW10


T70C

D1.Terminals

T70DW10


60


8

96

10

120

T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-70/Twin-70 Raceway base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

8

96

—

Gray

10

120

PAN-WAY ® T-70 Raceway Fittings • T-70 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA- 568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems

T70CC

T70BC


C2.36

—

Off White

10

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White) or IG (International Gray in 8' lengths ONLY). Order raceway base and cover separately. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.

T70DW

E1. Labeling System

F. Index

Off White

48

T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall T70DW8


4.07" x 1.77"

8

T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover


E2. Labels

T-70 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.

T70RA


Std. Ctn. Qty. 100

Part Number T70CCIW-X

Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together.

T70BCIW-X

Base Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway Base together.

Off White

10

0

T70RAIW

Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at right angles.

Off White

1

10

T70ICIW

Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at inside corners.

Off White

1

10

T70IC




PAN-WAY ® T-70 Raceway Fittings (continued)

Part Number T70OCIW T70OC

T70TD

T70T

Part Description Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at outside corners.

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White

T70TIW

Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at tee intersections.

Off White

1

10

T70TD

T-70 Tee Fitting Divider. Separates power and data within tee fitting. Replaces T70TDB, T70TDC, AND T70TDT.

Gray

1

10

T70ECIW

End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate or allow entry to T-70 Raceway with conduit breakouts of 1/2".

Off White

1

10

T70EEIW

Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4" which allows entry from ceiling or wall.

Off White

1

10

T70TRIW

Transition Fitting. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway while maintaining channel separation. Fitting includes bend radius insert.

Off White

1

10

T70EC

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

T70EE

T70TR T70TRC

T70TRCIW

Transition Fitting Cover. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway.

Off White

1

10

T70TRI

Divided Insert for T-70 to LD2P10. Maintains channel separation within T70TR fitting.

Gray

1

10

Off White

1

10

T70BFIW

Backfeed Fitting. Allows cable entry through the back of the Off T-70 Raceway. White

1

10

T70BFI

Backfeed Fitting Insert. Bend radius insert to be used with T70BF.

Gray

1

10

T70WCIW

WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket accept any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate.

Off White

1

10

T70WC2IW

WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box for PAN-WAY ® Snap-on Faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket accept any standard electrical outlet. Accepts any PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Electrical/Communication Faceplates.

Off White

1

10

T70WM40TRIW Wiremold* to T-70 Transition Fitting. In-line transition fitting from Wiremold G4000 to T-70 Raceway.

T70TRI

T70BF

T70WM40TR

T70BFI

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). T702TRI available in Gray only. *Wiremold is a registered trademark of the Wiremold Co.

T70WC



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

T70WC2 E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.37


PAN-WAY ® Twin-70 Surface Raceway System B1.Cable Ties

• Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates • Tamper resistant • Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes

• UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Separate channels allow independent access to power and communication cabling throughout the entire system • Transitions to PANDUIT T-70, T-45 and LD Profile Raceways


B3. Stainless Steel TWIN-70 Left Internal Area = 4.59 Sq. In. Right Inrenal Area = 4.59 Sq. In.

C1.Wiring Duct

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Length Ctn. Raceway Size Color‡ (ft) Qty.

Twin-70 Raceway Base C2. Surface Raceway

Twin-70 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched T702BIW10 mounting holes. T702BIW8 T702B


7.23" x 1.77"

Off White

8

24

10

30

8

96

10

120

8

96

10

120

T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover T70CIW8


T70CIW10

—


Off White

T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall T70C D1.Terminals

T70DW8 T70DW10


T70DW

T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-70/Twin-70 Raceway base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

—

Gray

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). Two feet of cover needed for every foot of Twin-70 Base. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.38




PAN-WAY ® Twin-70 Raceway Fittings • Twin-70 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems

Part Number T70CCIW-X T70CC

T702BC

Std. Pkg. Part Description Color‡ Qty. Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together. Off 10 White

T702BCIW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Used for joining sections of Twin-70 Base together.

T702RA

B1.Cable Ties

Std. Ctn. Qty. 100

Off White

10

—

T702RAIW

Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at 90° flat junctions.

Off White

1

10

T702ICIW

Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at inside corners.

Off White

1

10

T702OCIW

Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at outside corners.

Off White

1

10

T702TIW

Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at tee intersections.

Off White

1

5

T702ECIW

End Cap Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2" for entry into raceway channel.

Off White

1

10

Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 1", 1 1/4" and 1 1/2" for entry from ceiling or wall.

Off White

1

T702IC

T702OC


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

T702T

T702EC

T702EE T702EEIW



5

D1.Terminals

T702TR

T702TRL

T702TRI

T702TRIW

Transition Fitting. Used to transition to T-70 Raceway.

Off White

1

5

T702TRLIW

Transition Fitting. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway.

Off White

1

5

T702TRI

Transition Divider Insert for Twin-70 to T-70 or Twin-70 to LD Profile. Maintains channel separation within T702TR or T702TRL fittings.

Gray

1

10


E1. Labeling System

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). T702TRI available in Gray only.

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.39


PAN-WAY ® T-70 & Twin-70 Raceway Accessories B1.Cable Ties

• T-70 and Twin-70 accessories consist of device mounting brackets, snap-on device brackets, hanging boxes, and three-sided hanging boxes used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and or communication devices


B3. Stainless Steel

T70DB-X

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Gray 10 —

Part Number T70DB-X

Part Description Device Mounting Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and communication devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates. Can be used with T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 Raceways.

T70SDB-X


Gray

10

—

T70HB-X

Hanging Box. Used to mount NEMA standard single Gray gang electrical outlets and devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates when there are communications cables in the raceway. For use in T-70 and Twin-70 Raceway only.

10

—

T70HB3-X

Three-Sided Hanging Box. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates when there are communications cables in the raceway. Box is low profile for increased channel capacity and does not require breakout removal. For use with T-70 and Twin-70 Raceway only.

Gray

10

—

T70HB3GFCI-X

T70 GFCI Three-Sided Hanging Box. Accepts single gang U.S. GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) standard electrical devices. Provides increased internal area for connections and excess wire.

Gray

10

—

T70WR-X


Gray

10

100

T70S-X

Spacer Plate. Used to mount the CBX4 Surface Mount Box onto the T70DB-X or T70HB-X/T70HB3-X.

—

10

—

T70FSB

Fiber Spool Bracket. Each piece consists of two halves that snap into base of T-70 or Twin-70 Raceway. Provides method to contain one meter or more of fiber slack and acts as a strain relief while maintaining a minimum 30mm bend radius. Bracket separation can be adjusted to fit the length of slack required.

Gray

1

10

T70SDB-X

C1.Wiring Duct

T70HB-X

T70HB3-X

C2. Surface Raceway


T70HB3GFCI-X


T70S-X D1.Terminals


T70FSB

T70WR-X

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels


Use the T70FSB with T-70 or Twin-70 Raceway to contain 1m or more of fiber slack while maintaining a 30mm cable bend radius. Brackets are adjustable for slack length.

Use T70S-X Spacer Plate for mounting the CBX4 Surface Mount Box on T-70 or Twin-70.


F. Index

C2.40




Cable Fill Capacities for T-70 Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to lthe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.

B1.Cable Ties


b

a

A = 5.15 in2

A = 1.72 in2

A = .86 in2

Cable fill #1: Raceway with no devices.

B3. Stainless Steel

A = 3.67 in2

Cable fill #2: Power and data using Three-Sided Hanging Box and Device Bracket.

Cable fill #3: Data only using Vertical Sloped Screw-On Communication Faceplates.

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

a

A = .91 in2

A = 4.71 in2


b

A = 3.12 in2


Cable fill #5: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box.

Cable fill #4: Data only using Horizontal Sloped Snap-On Communication Faceplates.

D1.Terminals



CR-SR-T70-Wire Fill1


1.

T-70: No devices.

2a.

T-70: Power and data using the ThreeSided Hanging Box and Device Bracket.

2b.

Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in²) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) 5.15

24

20

15

55

83

41

62

27

41

86

129

.86

14

11

7

9

14

7

10

5

7

14

21

1.72

—

—

—

19

28

14

21

9

14

29

43

3.

T-70: Data only (Screw-On Faceplates).

3.67

—

—

—

39

59

29

44

19

29

67

101

4.

T-70: Data only (Snap-On Faceplates).

4.71

—

—

—

50

76

38

57

25

37

83

125

5a.

T-70: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box.

.91

14

11

7

9

14

7

11

5

7

15

23

3.12

—

—

—

33

50

25

38

17

25

52

78

5b.


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.41


Cable Fill Capacities for Twin-70 Raceway B1.Cable Ties

This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to lthe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.


a

B3. Stainless Steel

b

A = 2.05 in2

A = 1.43 in2

Cable fill #1: Power and data with no devices.

A = 3.11 in2

A = 4.59 in2 Cable fill #2: One Twin-70 Channel with no devices.

C1.Wiring Duct

A = 3.32 in2

Cable fill #3: Data only using Cable fill #4: Power using Device Vertical Sloped Screw-On Bracket and NEMA standard Communication Faceplates. 70mm Screw-On faceplates.

C2. Surface Raceway

A = 4.14 in2

A = 2.33 in2

Cable fill #5: Data only using Horizontal Sloped Snap-On Communication Faceplates.

Cable fill #6: 20A TVSS Rectangular Outlet using Device Bracket and Snap-On Electrical/Communication Faceplate.



D1.Terminals




CR-SR-Tw70-Wire Fill1


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

1a.

2.05

—

—

—

22

33

16

25

18

27

34

51

1.43

—

—

—

15

23

11

17

12

19

24

36

Twin-70: One channel (no devices).

4.59

—

—

—

49

74

37

56

24

36

76

115

3.

Twin-70: Data only (Screw-On Faceplate).

3.11

—

—

—

33

50

25

38

16

25

52

78

4.

Twin-70: Power only (Screw-On Faceplate).

3.32

15

13

13

35

53

27

40

18

26

55

83

5.

Twin-70: Data only (Snap-On Faceplate).

4.14

—

—

—

44

67

33

50

22

33

69

103

6.

Twin-70: TVSS Power (Snap-On Faceplate).

2.33

16

16

14

25

37

18

28

12

18

39

58

2.


F. Index

C2.42


Twin-70: Power and data, without devices. 1b.




PAN-WAY ® T-45 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

PAN-WAY ® T-45 Non-Metallic Surface Raceway is a multi-channel raceway, which provides a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. T-45 Surface Raceway terminates using the T-45 Hinged Data and Power Brackets, T-45 Offset Box and select PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Boxes.

• Multi-directional cover hinge allows cable installation from either side • Hinged data and power brackets provide easy access for terminating outlets • Aesthetically pleasing • Lightweight • Tamper resistant • Fittings maintain 1" bend radius control

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


PAN-WAY ® T-45 Surface Raceway accepts NEMA standard screw-on faceplates for superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates when terminating with the T-45 Offset Box and Surface Mount Outlet Boxes. Fittings for T-45 are available to transition to PAN-WAY ® LD Series Raceways.


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.43


T-45 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties

J S

H



R L

B3. Stainless Steel

1

M

2

N

C1.Wiring Duct

K

R

R

O G

C2. Surface Raceway


A B


F C

E

D1.Terminals

D D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

M R

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.44

Q



P



1

1

T45B**, T45C** – T-45 Raceway (page C2.48)

J

T45DW** – T-45 Divider Wall (page C2.48)

K 2

B

T45IC** – T-45 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.49)

LDPH10** – LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.77)


T45T**and T45TD – T-45 Tee Fitting and Divider (page C2.49)

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

L A

CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)

M

T45WC** – T-45 Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates/Receptacles (page C2.49)


C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


C

D

JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (C2.58)

T70FV2** – Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (C2.52 )

N


O

P E

T45WC2** – T-45 Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.49)

T45HDB** – T-45 Snap-On Hinged Data Bracket (page C2.49)


D1.Terminals

T45RA** – T-45 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.49)


E1. Labeling System

Q F

G

H

T45OC** – T-45 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.49)

T45RLD** – T-45 Reducer Fitting (page C2.49)


T45HEGB** – T-45 Electrical Bracket (page C2.49) E2. Labels

R

S


T45EE** – T-45 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.49)



F. Index


C2.45


T-45 Configurations B1.Cable Ties



A.

T45HDB = T-45 Snap-On Hinged Data Bracket.

B.


See page C2.49 —

B3. Stainless Steel

B

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



A



C2.54

B.


C2.60

C.

T45WC = T-45 Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates/Receptacles.

C2.49

D1.Terminals


See page

C

E1. Labeling System

B E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.46


T-45 Configurations (continued) B1.Cable Ties


See page

A.


B.


C.

T45WC2 = T-45 Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates.

®

C2.52


—

®

C2.49 B3. Stainless Steel

A

C1.Wiring Duct

B C

C2. Surface Raceway



Exploded view 4 Components Required A. B.

See page

T45HEGB = T-45 Electrical Bracket for Rectangular Outlet.

C2.49


C2.60

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

B E2. Labels


A


F. Index


C2.47


B1.Cable Ties

PAN-WAY ® T-45 Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Hinged cover allows easy access from either side • Optional factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation

• Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes • Tamper resistant • Terminates using the T-45 Hinged Data or Power Brackets, Offset Box, or Surface Mount Outlet Box solutions


B3. Stainless Steel

T-45 Internal Area = 2.12 Sq. In.

C1.Wiring Duct

Part Number

Part Description

Length Raceway Size Color‡ (ft)

Std. Ctn. Qty.

T-45 Raceway Base with adhesive C2. Surface Raceway

T45B

T45BIW8-A T-45 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths with adhesive. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.

2.38" x 1.25"

T45BIW10-A

2.38" x 1.25"

Off White

8

160

10

200

8

160

10

200

8 10

160 200

8

160

10

200

T-45 Raceway Base without Adhesive T45BIW8


T45BIW10

T-45 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.

—

Off White

—

Off White

T-45 Raceway Cover C4. Cable Management

T45CIW8 T45C

T45CIW10

T-45 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths. Can be hinged open on either side of T-45 Base.

T-45 Raceway Divider Wall T45DW8 D1.Terminals T45DW10


T45DW

T-45 Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-45 Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

—

Gray

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). Order base and cover separately Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.48




PAN-WAY Type T-45 Raceway Fittings ®

• T-45 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems

T45CC

T45IC

T45T

T45EC

B1.Cable Ties


Std. Ctn. Qty. 100

Part Number T45CCIW-X

Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join two pieces of T-45 Cover together.

T45RAIW

Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T-45 Raceway at 90° flat junction.

Off White

1

10

T45ICIW

Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at inside corner.

Off White

1

10

T45OCIW

Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at 90° outside corner.

Off White

1

10

T45TIW

Tee Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at tee intersections.

Off White

1

10

T45TD

Divided Insert. Used to separate power and data within the T45T.

Gray

1

10

T45ECIW

End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate T-45 Raceway.

Off White

1

10

T45EEIW

Entrance End Fitting. With knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4" conduit which allows entry from ceiling or wall.

Off White

1

10

T45RLDIW

Reducer Fitting. Reduces from T-45 to LD10 Profile Raceways.

Off White

1

10

T45RA

T45EE

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

T45OC

T45TD


C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals

T45RLD

T45HDB

T45HEGB

T45TRI

T45HEB

T45WR-X

T45TRI

Provides bend radius control at transition from T-70 to T-45 when used with T70TR.

Gray

1

10

T45HDBIW

Snap-on Hinged Data Bracket. Used for mounting PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® and FJ ® modules vertically in-line within T-45 Raceway. Can be hinged opened on either side of T-45 Base.

Off White

1

10


T45HEBIW

Electrical Bracket and Box. Used for mounting standard 106 duplex electrical outlets.

Off White

1

10

E1. Labeling System

Off White

1

10

T45HEGBIW Electrical Bracket and Box. Used for mounting standard rectangular style electrical outlets.

E2. Labels

T45WR-X

Wire Retainers. Used to hold wires in place during installation.

Gray

10

100

T45WCIW

Offset Box. Allows for the mounting of any standard electrical or communication outlet offset from the raceway channel. Box accepts any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate or PAN-WAY ® Electrical Snap-On Faceplates.

Off White

1

10

Offset Box. Box accepts any PAN-WAY ® Communication Snap-On Faceplates.

Off White

1

T45WC2IW


10

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). T45TD, T45TRI, and T45WR-X available in Gray only.

T45WC


F. Index

T45WC2 For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.

C2.49


Cable Fill Capacities for T-45 Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. B1.Cable Ties


A = .44 in2

A = 2.13 in2

A = 1.72 in2

Cable fill #1: T-45 with no devices.

Cable fill #2: T-45 with wire retainer.

B = 1.20 in2

Cable fill #3: Power and data using a Wire Retainer and Divider Wall.

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

A = .44 in2

B = .68 in2

C = .44 in2

A = .41 in2

Cable fill #4: Power and data using a Wire Retainer and Divider Walls.

C2. Surface Raceway

B = 1.06 in2

Cable fill #5: Power and data using the Offset Box.



A = .52 in2

A = 2.00 in2 Cable fill #6: Data only using Hinged Data Bracket.

D1.Terminals

B = 1.2 in2

Cable fill #8: Power and data Using Electrical Bracket/Box and Hinged Data Bracket.

Cable fill #7: Power and data using Hinged Data Bracket with Divider Insert.


B = .5 in2

A = .22 in2


CR-SR-T45-Wire Fill1



E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

1.

T-45: No devices.

2.13

36

27

25

22

34

17

26

11

17

35

53

2.

T-45: No devices with wire retainer.

1.72

36

27

25

18

27

14

21

9

14

28

42

T-45: Power and data with wire retainer and divider wall (2 channels).

.44

12

11

8

4

7

3

5

2

3

7

10

3A. 3B. 4A. 4B.


5A.

6. 7A. 7B. 8A.

F. Index

C2.50

T-45: Power and data with wire retainer and two divider walls (3 channels).

4C.

5B.



8B.

1.20

—

—

—

12

19

9

14

6

10

16

29

.44

12

11

8

4

7

3

5

2

3

7

10

.68

—

—

—

7

11

5

8

4

5

11

16

.44

—

—

—

4

7

3

5

2

3

7

10 10

T-45: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box.

.41

12

11

8

4

6

3

5

2

3

6

1.06

—

—

—

11

17

8

12

6

8

17

26

T-45: Data only using data bracket.

2.00

—

—

—

21

32

16

24

11

16

33

49

T-45 Power and data using Hinged Data Bracket with Divider Insert.

.52

12

11

8

—

—

—

3

4

—

—

1.2

—

—

—

12

24

T-45: Power and data using Electrical Bracket and Box.

.22

9

7

4

—

.5

—

—

—

5

18

8

9

14

6

10

16

—

—

1

2

—

—

4

6

3

4

8

12


PAN-WAY ® SNAP-ON FACEPLATES & SURFACE MOUNT OUTLET BOXES PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates are designed for use with PANDUIT surface raceway systems and install faster than conventional screw-on faceplates, reducing labor costs and providing a more aesthetic appearance. PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Communication Faceplates are available in vertical and horizontal orientation and accept PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Copper and Fiber Optic Modules. Electrical outlets are available in colors to complement PANDUIT raceway and are available in 20A, 106 duplex, rectangular,TVSS and GFCI.

• Snap-on faceplates install without the use of screws providing faster installation and superior aesthetics • FAST-SNAP ™ boxes assemble without the use of screws and accept PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates • Snap-on communication faceplates are available in horizontal or vertical sloped outlet configurations • Snap-on electrical faceplates are available in 106 duplex or rectangular styles

Surface mount outlet boxes are available for both power and communication applications.They are compatible with PAN-WAY ® LD, LDPH, LD2P10, and T-45 Raceway Systems. PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates mount directly to Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 raceways, PAN-WAY ® FAST-SNAP ™ Boxes and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Poles.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.51


PAN-WAY ® FAST-SNAP ™ Surface Mount Outlet Boxes B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

Part Description Single Gang Two-piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127.1mm x 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

JBP2FSIW

Double Gang Power Rated Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 6.1"W x 1.6"H (127mm x 156mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

JB1FS

JBP2FS**

C2. Surface Raceway

1

10

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White).

• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White

Part Number Part Description T70FH2IW Snap-on Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. T70FH2

T70FH4


E1. Labeling System

Off White

PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules


D1.Terminals


Part Number JB1FSIW-A

C1.Wiring Duct


• JB1FS and JBP2FS accept PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates for superior aesthetics

• JB1FS and JBP2FS assemble without the use of screws for faster installation • JB1FS and JBP2FS are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation

T70FV2

T70FV4

T70FH4IW

Snap-on Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts four PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

T70FV2IW

Snap-on Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

T70FV4IW

Snap-on Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts four PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10


E2. Labels

Component Labels for PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules and Inserts Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers


Faceplate Part Number T70FH2IW T70FV2IW T70FV4IW All T70B parts T70FH4IW

Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label

VIPER ™ LS6 Portable Printer Label

PANACEA® LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label

C125X030FJJ

C125X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

C252X030FJJ

C252X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart on pages E2.1 – E2.30.

F. Index

C2.52




PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Inserts • Single gang vertical or horizontal sloped communication faceplates accept one or two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® inserts

• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove,TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole

Part Number Part Description T70BH1IW Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate. Accepts one 1/2-size PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Insert and two modules. No additional mounting hardware required. T70BH1

T70BH2

T70B2


T70BH2IW

Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate. Accepts two 1/2-size PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Inserts and four modules. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

T70B1IW

Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate. Holds one 1/2-size PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Insert and two modules. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate. Holds two 1/2-size PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Inserts and four modules. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

T70B2IW

T70B1

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

10 C2. Surface Raceway

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White)


PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Communication/Power C4. Cable Management

• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole

T70P

Std. Ctn. Qty. 10

Part Number T70PIW

Part Description Snap-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Electrical/Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one standard 106 duplex communication module frame. No additional mounting hardware required.

Color‡ Off White

T70PGIW

Snap-On Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one standard rectangular communication module frame. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

T70PSIW

Snap-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex communication module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed. Supplied with one mounting screw. NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices.

Off White

1

10

Snap-On Single Gang Rectangular Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular communication module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed. Supplied with two mounting screws. NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices.

Off White

Snap-On Single Gang Blank Cover Faceplate.

Off White

T70PG

T70PGS

T70PS

Std. Pkg. Qty. 1

T70PGSIW

T70PN T70PNIW

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

1

10 E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

1

10

‡For other colors, replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). See label chart on page C2.59


F. Index


C2.53


PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ Snap-On Sloped Keystone Faceplates B1.Cable Ties

• Accepts all PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ Keystone Copper Modules and Duplex Fiber Optic Modules

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 NK2HSRFIW Snap-on two position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module. Compatible with PANDUIT ® White ™ FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.


B3. Stainless Steel

• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole

NK2HSRF

NK4HSRF

C1.Wiring Duct

NK4HSRFIW Snap mount four position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module. Compatible with PANDUIT ® FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.

Off White

1

10

NK4VSRFIW Snap mount four position sloped vertical faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module. Compatible with PANDUIT ® FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.

Off White

1

10

C2. Surface Raceway

NK4VSRF


PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ Snap-On Flush Universal Keystone Faceplates


‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart below.

D1.Terminals

T70KW2 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Poles

• Wider module spacing to accept all common manufacturers’ Keystone modules .900 inches wide or less

Part Number T70KW2IW

Part Description Snap-on two position flush mount faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module and most other manufacturers’ Keystone modules. Compatible with PANDUIT ® FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.

T70KW4IW

Snap-on four position flush mount faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module and most other manufacturers’ Keystone modules. Compatible with PANDUIT ® FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.

T70KW4

E1. Labeling System


Off 1 White

Std. Ctn. Qty. 10

10

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart below.

E2. Labels

Component Labels for Snap-On “Sloped” Keystone Faceplates and Snap-On “Flush” Universal Keystone Faceplates E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers


F. Index

C2.54

Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Faceplate Part Number NK2HSRFIW T70KW2IW NK4VSRFIW NK4HSRFIW T70KW4IW

Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label



C125X030FJJ

C125X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

2-C125X030FJJ

2-C125X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

C261X030FJJ

C261X030FJ6

LS7-25-1





PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates for SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules B1.Cable Ties

• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Poles

Part Number T70L2IW

T70L2

T70L4IW

T70L4


Part Description Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept two SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.


B3. Stainless Steel

Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept four SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

T70LV2IW

Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept two SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept four SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10 C3. Abrasion Protection

T70LV2 T70LV4IW

1

10


D1.Terminals

T70LV4 ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). *SYSTIMAX ® is a registered trademark of Commscope, Inc.


Component Labels for SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules

E1. Labeling System

Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label



T70L2IW T70LV2IW

C125X030FJJ

C125X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

T70LV4IW

2-C125X030FJJ

2-C125X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

T70L4IW

C261X030FJJ

C261X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

Faceplate Part Number

*SYSTIMAX ® is a registered trademark of Commscope, Inc. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages E2.1 – E2.30.

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.55


PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates for Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules B1.Cable Ties

• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Poles


B3. Stainless Steel

Part Number T70N2IW

Part Description Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept two Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.

T70N4IW

Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept four Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

T70NV2IW

Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept two Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

T70NV4IW

Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept four Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.

Off White

1

10

T70N2

C1.Wiring Duct


T70N4 C2. Surface Raceway


T70NV2 C4. Cable Management

D1.Terminals ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). *Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc.


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

T70NV4

Component Labels for Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules Faceplate Part Number T70N2IW T70NV2IW T70NV4IW T70N4IW

Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance _ Laser/Ink Jet Desktop VIPER ™ LS6 Portable PANAC EA® LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label C125X030FJJ

C125X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

2-C125X030FJJ C261X030FJJ

2-C125X030FJ6 C261X030FJ6

LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1

*Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages E2.1 – E2.30.



F. Index

C2.56




PAN-WAY ® Low Voltage Surface Mount Outlet Boxes • JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for faster installation • JBX3510, JB1, and JB1D are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation

Part Number JBX3510IW-A

JBX3510

JB1D

JB1

JBP2


Single Gang One-piece Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 3.3"W x 1.8"H (129mm x 85mm x 44mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

JB1DIW-A

Single Gang One-piece Deep Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 2.8"H (133mm x 86mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

Double Gang Two-piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.0" L x 5.0"W x 1.6"L (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit.

Off White

Double Gang Two-piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 5.2"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 132mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Round Outlet Box. Box accepts UL/CSA devices not to exceed 10 lbs. (5 lbs. per CSA). For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. Dia. = 5.5"D x 1.1"H (139mm x 29mm). Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

RJBX3510

JBP2DIW

JBA-X

Part Description Single Gang Two-piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceway. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127mm x 83mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

B1.Cable Ties

JB1IW-A

JBP2IW JBP2D

• JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring no assembly

JB1FS RJBX3510IW

JBA-X JB1FSIW-A


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


1

10 C4. Cable Management

1

10 D1.Terminals

Off White

1

In-wall box adapter. Adapts single gang surface mount outlet boxes to in-wall conduit boxes.

—

10

Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127.1mm x 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

5 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

100 E1. Labeling System

1

10

E2. Labels

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White)



F. Index


C2.57


PAN-WAY ® Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Boxes B1.Cable Ties

• JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for faster installation • JBX3510, JB1 and JB1D are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation

• JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring no assembly


Part Number JBP1IW B3. Stainless Steel

JBP1

JBP2 JBP2IW

Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.0" L x 5.0"W x 1.6"L (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

JBP1DIW

Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45, LD2P10 (when used with JBD1), or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 88mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

JBP2DIW

Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 5.2"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 132mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

JBP1EIW

Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Extension Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.0"H (127mm x 84mm x 25mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

JBP1IIW

Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Intermediate Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 3.4"W x 2.3"H (130mm x 86mm x 58mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

PSJBXIW

Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Power Source Box. For use with PAN-WAY ® LDP3, 5, 10, or LDS3, or 5 Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.3"H (128mm x 83mm x 33mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

JBD1

Single Gang Pass Through Divider. Allows power and communication outlets to be routed in series. For use with JBP1 or JBP1D when installing LD2P10 Raceway.

Off White

1

10

JBP2SIW

Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Divided Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 5.1"W x 1.6"H (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", or 3/4" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

JBD2

Double Gang Pass Through Divider. Allows power and communication outlets to be routed in series. For use with JBP2D when installing LD2P10 Raceway.

Off White

1

10

JBP2FSIW

Double Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 6.1"W x 1.6"H (127mm x156mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

10

Off White

1

5

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

JBP1D

JBP2D



JBP1E

JBP1I

D1.Terminals

PSJBX

JBD1


E1. Labeling System

JBP2S

JBD2

E2. Labels



JBP2FS

RJBX3510

Part Description Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 1.8"H (132mm x 88mm x 44mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.


RJBX3510IW Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Round Outlet Box. Box accepts UL/CSA devices not to exceed 10 lbs. (5 lbs. per CSA). For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. Dia. = 5.5"D x 1.1"H (139mm x 29mm). Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit.


F. Index

C2.58




PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Faceplates for Power and Communication Applications

B1.Cable Ties

• For use with JBP2S or JBP2D outlet boxes

Part Number FP2DCIW

FP2DC

CP106

CPG

FP2RC

CP106**-2G

Part Description Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical receptacle and accepts PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® 1/2-size, 1/3-size, and 2/3-size inserts. For product application, please reference LD Profile Raceway section.



B3. Stainless Steel

FP2RCIW

Covers one NEMA standard rectangular electrical receptacle and accepts PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® 1/2-size, 1/3-size, and 2/3-size inserts. For product application, please reference LD Profile Raceway section.

Off White

1

10

CP106IW

Screw-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard 106 communication module frame.

Off White

1

10

CP106IW-2G

Screw-On Double Gang 106 Duplex Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard 106 communication module frames.

Off White

1

10

CPGIW

Screw-On Single Gang Rectangular Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or one standard rectangular communication module frame.

Off White

1

10

CPGIW-2G

Screw-On Double Gang Rectangular Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlets or two standard rectangular communication module frames.

Off White

1

10

CPNIW

Screw-On Single Gang Blank Cover Faceplate. Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole. Supplied with two mounting screws.

Off White

1

10

CPNIW-2G

Screw-On Double Gang Blank Cover Faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Boxes. Supplied with four mounting screws.

Off White

1

10

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


CPG**-2G


D1.Terminals

CPN

CPN**-2G

‡For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). All faceplates supplied with mounting screws


Component Labels for Classic Series Power and Communication Faceplates

E1. Labeling System

Faceplate Part Number

Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance _ Laser/Ink Jet Desktop VIPER ™ LS6 Portable PANACEA® LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label

CPGIW T70PGS

C125X030FJJ

C125X030FJ6

LS7-25-1

CPGIW-2G FP2RC T70PG

2-C125X030FJJ C261X030FJJ

2-C125X030FJ6 C261X030FJ6

LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1

E2. Labels




F. Index


C2.59


PAN-WAY ® Stainless Steel Faceplates B1.Cable Ties


WPS-20

WPS-202

B3. Stainless Steel

Part Number WPS-20

Part Description Stainless Steel Single Gang 106 Duplex Screw-On Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard 106 communication module frame.

WPS-202

Stainless Steel Double Gang 106 Duplex Screw-On Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard 106 communication module frames.


1

10

All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

PAN-WAY ® Electrical Outlets • Electrical outlets are standard electrical devices that fit into PAN-WAY ® outlet boxes or any NEMA standard outlet boxes



EDU20

ERU20

D1.Terminals

ETU20

Part Description

Std. Pkg. Qty. 10

Part Number EDU20IW-X

20A 106 Duplex Outlet.

Color‡ Off White

ERU20IW-X

20A Rectangular Outlet.

Off White

10

ETU20IW-X

20A TVSS Rectangular Outlet (transient voltage surge suppressor).

Off White

10

EGU20IW-X

20A GFCI Rectangular Outlet (ground fault circuit interrupter).

Off White

10

EGU20 ‡For other colors, replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). All outlets supplied with mounting screws.


PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Box with 20A Electrical Outlet E1. Labeling System

• Supplied with a 20A U.S. style rectangular electrical outlet and a 20A 106 Duplex Electrical outlet.

E2. Labels


JBP1MR20


Part Number JBP1MR20IW

Part Description Single Gang Two-Piece Power Rated Low Profile Snap Together Outlet Box. Includes 20A U.S. style rectangular electrical outlet. For use with PAN-WAY ® LDPH3, 5, 10 or LDS3 or 5 Profile Raceways only. 4.8"L x 2.9"W x 1.2"H (123mm x 74mm x 31mm).

JBP1MD20IW

Single Gang Two-Piece Power Rated Low Profile Snap Together Outlet Box. Includes 20A U.S. style 106 duplex electrical outlet. For use with PAN-WAY ® LDPH3, 5, 10 or LDS3 or 5 Profile Raceways only. 4.8"L x 2.9"W x 1.2"H (123mm x 74mm x 31mm).


Off White

1

10

F. Index

JBP1MD20

C2.60




Selection Chart for using PAN-WAY ® Surface Raceway with PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Boxes B1.Cable Ties

How 1. 2. 3. 4.

to use this chart: Locate the desired PAN-WAY ® Raceway in the left column. Locate the desired PAN-WAY ® Outlet Box in the top row. Match up the raceway with the outlet box to see if they are compatible. (Y = yes, N = no). Select correct surface mount outlet box.


B3. Stainless Steel

PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Boxes Low Voltage or Fiber Optic ONLY JB1, JB1D JB1FS JBX3510

Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic

RJBX3510

JBP1

JBP1D

JBP1E

C1.Wiring Duct

JBP1I JBP2

JBP2S JBP2D JBP2FS

JBP1MR20 JBP1MD20

PSJBX C2. Surface Raceway

Type LD (Low Voltage or Fiber Optic ONLY) LD3

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

N

Y

LD5

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

N

Y

LD10

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

N

Y



Type LDPH (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic) LDPH3

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

LDPH5

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

LDPH10

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

D1.Terminals

Type LDS (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic) LDS3

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

LDS5

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Type LD2P10 (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic) LD2P10

N

N

N


E1. Labeling System

Y w/JBD1

N

N

Y

N

N

Y

N

N

Y

N

N

Type T-45 (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic) T-45

Y (JB1FS and JBX3510)

E2. Labels

N

N



F. Index


C2.61


Notes B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.62


PAN-WAY ® LD PROFILE NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceway is available in single and multi-channel styles to provide a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and power cabling along fixed perimeter walls.

• LD2P10 features one-piece multi-channel design for both power and data applications • LDPH features one-piece single channel design and a tamper resistant latch for power OR data applications • LD features one-piece single channel design for data routing • LDS features one-piece single channel tamper resistant design with maximum security for power OR data applications.

PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways include a full complement of fittings for standard, bend radius control, power rated and multi-channel use, and transition easily to other PANDUIT raceway such as Cove,TG-70,T-70,Twin-70 and T-45.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.63


LD2P10 Profile Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties

R B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

E 1 G

C1.Wiring Duct

H


K

N

J C2. Surface Raceway


B A

O See exploded view 2 pg. C2.64

F


E D1.Terminals

C D


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.64

E


L M

P

Q


1

A

LD2P10 – Raceway (page C2.75)

K

ICFX10** – Power Rated Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.75)

ECFX10** – Power Rated End Cap Fitting (page C2.75)

B1.Cable Ties


L

JBP1** – Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58) B3. Stainless Steel

B

TFXD10** – 1" Bend Radius Tee Fitting (page C2.75)

M

C

JBP2S** – Power Rated Double Gang Three-Piece Divided Box (page C2.58) CFX10** – Power Rated Coupler Fitting (page C2.75)

FP2RC** – Double Gang Rectangular Electrical & 2 Communication Insert Faceplate (page C2.59)


O E

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

N D

CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)

JBP1D** – Single Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (page C2.58)


ERU20** – 20 A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60) D1.Terminals

P F

G

H

J

OCFX10** – 1" Bend Radius Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.75)

JBP2D** – Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (page C2.58)

JBD2 – Double Gang Pass Through and Divider for LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.58)

Q

JBD1 – Single Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.58)

RAFX10** – Power Rated Right Angle Fitting (page C2.75)


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

R

EEFX** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Entrance End Fitting (page C2.75)



CPG**-2G – Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)

F. Index


C2.65


LD2P10 Configurations B1.Cable Ties



B3. Stainless Steel

See page —

A.


B.

FP2RC = Double Gang Rectangular Electrical and Two Communication Insert Faceplate (screws included).

C2.59

C.


C2.60

D.

JBP2S = Power Rated Double Gang Three-Piece Divided Box (screws included).

C2.58

®

®

C1.Wiring Duct

D C2. Surface Raceway

A C


B


Exploded view 2 Components Required D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

See page

A.

JBD2 = Double Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway.

C2.58

B.

JBP2D = Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Deep Box.

C2.58

C.


C2.60

D.


E.

CPG2G = Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).

— C2.59

E2. Labels

A

D E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

B C


E F. Index

C2.66


LD2P10 Configurations (continued) Exploded view 3

B1.Cable Ties

Components Required

See page —

A


B

JBP1D = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (screws included).

C2.58

C

JBD1 = Single Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway.

C2.58

®

®


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

B C2. Surface Raceway

A C



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.67


LD Profile Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties

O B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

See exploded view 2 pg. C2.71 C1.Wiring Duct

H

C2. Surface Raceway


G

1 B A

J C

F 2


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.68

E


K

L M

N


1

LD10 – Raceway (page C2.76)

G

CF10** – Coupler Fitting (page C2.79)

B1.Cable Ties


2

LD5 – Raceway (page C2.76)

H

A

ICF10** – Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.79)

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

ECF10** – End Cap Fitting (page C2.79)

JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.58) ™

J

C2. Surface Raceway

B

TF10** – Tee Fitting (page C2.79)

K




C

D

RF10X5** – Reducer Fitting (page C2.79)

JBX3510** – Single Gang Two-Piece Snap-Together Box (page C2.57)

L

JB1FS** – FAST-SNAP™ Single Gang Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.52)

D1.Terminals


M


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

E


N

RAF10** – Right Angle Fitting (page C2.79) E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

F

OCF10** – Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.79)

O

DCF10** – Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting (page C2.79)


F. Index


C2.69


LD Configurations B1.Cable Ties



A.


B.


C.

JBX3510 = Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Box.

See page C2.59 — C2.57

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.70

B


LD Configurations (continued) B1.Cable Ties


T70FV2 = Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate – Two Port.

B.


C.

JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.

®

See page C2.52

®


— C2.52 B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

C C3. Abrasion Protection

B


A

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.71


LDPH Profile Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties

O B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel


K

C1.Wiring Duct

1

H

B

C2. Surface Raceway


F D C

L

G

E

2

M F


J D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.72

E F


N


1

LDPH10 – Raceway (page C2.77)

G

OCFC10** – Power Rated Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.81)

B1.Cable Ties


2

LDPH5 – Raceway (page C2.77)

H

A

ECFX10** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius End Cap Fitting (page C2.81)

CFX10** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Coupler Fitting (page C2.81)

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

J

RAEFX** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Right Angle Entrance End Fitting (page C2.81) C2. Surface Raceway

B

TFX10** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Tee Fitting (page C2.81)

K

ICFX10** – Power Rated Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.81)



C

RFX105** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Reducer Fitting (page C2.81)

L

JBP2** – Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)

D1.Terminals


D


M

CPG**-2G – Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplates (page C2.59)

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

E


N

RAFX10** – Power Rated Right Angle Fitting (page C2.81) E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

F

ERU20** – 20 A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)

O

DCEFX** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Drop Ceiling Entrance End Fitting (page C2.81)


F. Index


C2.73


LDPH Configurations B1.Cable Ties



See page

A.


C2.59

B.


C2.60

C.

JBP1 = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (screws included).

C2.58

B3. Stainless Steel

C C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



B

D1.Terminals

Exploded view 2 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

E1. Labeling System

Components Required

See page

A.

CPG**2G = Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).

C2.59

B.


C2.60

C.

JBP2 = Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Box (screws included).

C2.58

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.74

C B


PAN-WAY ® Type LD2P10 Multi-Channel Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Routes power and data together • One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in • Tamper resistant

• Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation • FT-4 Rated for Canada • Terminates using JBP1D, JBP2D, JBP2FS, or JBP2S surface mount outlet box solutions

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel Left Internal Area = .43 Sq. In. Right Internal Area = .50 Sq. In.

Part Number LD2P10IW8-A

Part Description Two channel tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. LD2P10IW10-A Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

Raceway Size 1.51" x .86"

Std. Length Ctn. Color‡ (ft) Qty. 8 160 Off White

10

200

LD2P Raceway requires screw mounting if it is being used for power cabling applications. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments. ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


Multi-Channel Fittings for LD2P10 C4. Cable Management

• Multi-channel fittings for LD2P10 are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems

CFX10

ICFX10

TFXD10


Part Number CFX10IW-X

Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways.

RAFX10IW-X

Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.

Off White

10

ICFX10IW-X

Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.

Off White

10

OCFX10IW-X

Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.

Off White

10

TFXD10IW-X

Tee Fitting with divided insert to maintain separation of power and data cabling. For use with LD2P10 Raceway.

Off White

10

ECFX10IW-X

End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.

Off White

10

EEFXIW

Entrance End Fitting for LD2P10 Raceway. Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" diameter conduit.

Off White

1

RAFX10

OCFX10

ECFX10

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

EEFX




F. Index


C2.75


PAN-WAY ® LD Surface Raceway System B1.Cable Ties

• For routing data and low voltage cabling • One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in • Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation

• FT-4 Rated for Canada • Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Surface Mount Boxes


B3. Stainless Steel

LD3 Internal Area = .21 Sq. In.

C1.Wiring Duct

Part Number

LD5 Internal Area = .38 Sq. In.

Part Description

LD10 Internal Area = 1.00 Sq. In.

Raceway Size

Std. Length Ctn. Color‡ (ft) Qty.

LD3 – Surface Raceway LD3IW6-A C2. Surface Raceway

LD3

LD3IW8-A

One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths.

LD3IW10-A C3. Abrasion Protection

.77" x .46"

Off White

6

120

8

160

10

200

6

120

8

160

10

200

6

120

8

160

10

200

LD5 – Surface Raceway LD5IW6-A LD5


LD5IW8-A


LD5IW10-A

1.00" x .60"

Off White

LD10 – Surface Raceway D1.Terminals

LD10IW6-A LD10


LD10IW8-A


LD10IW10-A

1.51" x .94"

Off White

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.76




PAN-WAY ® LDPH Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Two-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in • Tamper resistant

• Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation B1.Cable Ties • FT-4 Rated for Canada • Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Surface Mount Boxes B2. Cable Accessories .86 .55"

.41" .75"

1.52

1.02" LDPH5 Internal Area = .33 Sq. In.

LDPH3 Internal Area = .17 Sq. In.

Part Number

Part Description

B3. Stainless Steel

LDPH10 Internal Area = .89 Sq. In.

Raceway Size

Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty. Color‡

C1.Wiring Duct

LDPH3 – Surface Raceway LDPH3IW8-A LDPH3 LDPH3IW10-A

Tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

8 .77" x .46"

Off White

160

10

200

8

160

10

200

8

160


Tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

1.00" x .60"

Off White

C2. Surface Raceway




Tamper resistant two-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

1.52" x .86"

D1.Terminals

Off White

10

200

LDPH Raceway requires screw mounting for power cabling applications. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments. ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.77


B1.Cable Ties

PAN-WAY ® LDS Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Tamper resistant non-hinged design • Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation • FT-4 Rated for Canada

• Type LDS is the only non-metallic raceway that is bendable in low voltage applications to route around and over obstructions • LDS Raceway requires screw mounting using the LMD mounting straps for power cabling installations • Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Surface Mount Boxes


B3. Stainless Steel LDS5 Internal Area = .38 Sq. In.

LDS3 Internal Area = .21 Sq. In.

C1.Wiring Duct

Part Number

Part Description

Std. Length Ctn. Raceway Size Color‡ (ft) Qty.

LDS3 – Surface Raceway C2. Surface Raceway

LDS3 C3. Abrasion Protection


LDS3IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 10' lengths.

.77" x .41"

Off White

10

200

1.01" x .55"

Off White

10

200

LDS5 – Surface Raceway LDS5IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 10' lengths. LDS5

D1.Terminals

Mounting Straps LMD3IW-Q

For use with LDS3 Raceway.

Size 3

Off White

—

100

LMD5IW-Q

For use with LDS5 Raceway.

Size 5

Off White

—

100

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.


E1. Labeling System

LMD3 LMD5

Method for Bending Type LDS Raceway (Low Voltage Applications)

E2. Labels



1) Slide 18" to 30" section of LDS Raceway into PVC pipe heating blanket. *(Recommended blanket designed for bending 1/2" to 1 1/2" PVC conduit.)

2) Allow section to heat approximately 2-3 minutes. Raceway will be soft and pliable, but should not stretch. (Time will vary with blanket temperature and raceway size.)

3) Remove raceway section from blanket and hold in desired position until the raceway cools. Install mounting straps immediately.

*Heating blanket not offered by PANDUIT .

F. Index

C2.78




Standard Fittings for Low Voltage Applications

CF

ICF

TF

CRFC

FBA

Part Number CF3IW-E

Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.

CF5IW-E

Coupler Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway.

Off White

20

CF10IW-X

Coupler Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway.

Off White

10

RAF3IW-E

Right Angle Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.

Off White

20

RAF5IW-E


Off White

20

RAF10IW-X


Off White

10

ICF3IW-E

Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.

Off White

20

ICF5IW-E


Off White

20

RAF

OCF

ECF

ICF10IW-X


Off White

10

OCF3IW-E

Outside Corner Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.

Off White

20

OCF5IW-E


Off White

20

OCF10IW-X


Off White

10

TF3IW-E

Tee Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.

Off White

20

TF5IW-E


Off White

20

TF10IW-X


Off White

10

ECF3IW-E

End Cap Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.

Off White

—

ECF5IW-E


Off White

—

ECF10IW-X


Off White

—

CRFC5IW-X

Four Way Cross Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

DCF3IW-X

Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.

Off White

10

DCF5IW-X


Off White

10

DCF10IW-X


Off White

10

FBA5IW-X

Fire Box Adapter for use with LD5/LDPH5 Profile Raceways. NOTE: For low voltage applications only.

Off White

10

FBA10IW-X

Fire Box Adapter for use with LD10/LDPH10 Profile Raceways. NOTE: For low voltage applications only.

Off White

10

RF5X3IW-E

Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 5 to size 3. For use with LD5 and LD3 Raceways.

Off White

20

RF10X3IW-X Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 10 to size 3. For use with LD3 and LD10 Raceways.

Off White

10

RF10X5IW-X Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 10 to size 5. For use with LD5 and LD10 Raceways.

Off White

10

DCF

RF


B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).

F. Index


C2.79


One Inch Bend Radius Fittings for TIA/EIA Compliance B1.Cable Ties

• One inch bend radius fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems.


B3. Stainless Steel

CFX


Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.

CFX5IW-X

Coupler Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

CFX10IW-X

Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways.

Off White

10

RAFC3IW-X

Right Angle Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.

Off White

10

RAFC5IW-X

Right Angle Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

Off White

10

RAFC

C1.Wiring Duct

RAFC10IW-X Right Angle Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways. ICFC

OCFX

C2. Surface Raceway


TFC

CRFC5


ECFX

DCEFX


E1. Labeling System

ICFC3IW-X

Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.

Off White

10

ICFC5IW-X

Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

ICFC10IW-X

Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways.

Off White

10

OCFX3IW-X

Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.

Off White

10

OCFX5IW-X


Off White

10

Off White

10

OCFX10IW-X Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.

D1.Terminals

RAEFX

RFX

TFC3IW-X

Tee Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.

Off White

10

TFC5IW-X

Tee Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

TFC10IW-X

Tee Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways.

Off White

10

CRFC5IW-X


Off White

10

ECFX3IW-X

End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.

Off White

10

ECFX5IW-X


Off White

10

Off White

10

ECFX10IW-X End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. DCEFXIW-X

Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. Use CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways.

Off White

10

RAEFXIW-X

Right Angle/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways.

Off White

10

RFX53IW-X

Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

RFX103IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways.

Off White

10


Off White

10

E2. Labels





F. Index

C2.80




Power Rated Fittings for Power to 600V – LDPH/LDS/LD2P Raceway Only

CFX

RAFX


Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.

CFX5IW-X

Coupler Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

CFX10IW-X

Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways.

Off White

10

RAFX3IW-X

Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.

Off White

10

RAFX5IW-X

Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

Off White

10

RAFX10IW-X Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. ICFX

TFX

OCFC

CRFX

ICFX3IW-X

Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.

Off White

10

ICFX5IW-X

Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceway.

Off White

10

ICFX10IW-X

Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.

Off White

10

OCFC3IW-X


Off White

10

OCFC5IW-X


Off White

10

Off White

10

OCFC10IW-X Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 Raceway only.

CEFX

DCEFX

ECFX

TFX3IW-X

Tee Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.

Off White

10

TFX5IW-X

Tee Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.

Off White

10

TFX10IW-X

Tee Fitting for use with LDPH10 Raceway only.

Off White

10

CRFX5IW-X


Off White

10

CEFXIW-X

Conduit Entrance End Fitting. This power rated two-piece fitting is designed to accommodate the entrance of 1/2" conduit or align with knockouts on surface mount electrical boxes. For use with LD3/LDPH3 and has breakouts available to work with LD5/LDPH5 and LD10/LDPH10. Cover and base snap together – no hardware is required.

Off White

10

ECFX3IW-X


Off White

10

ECFX5IW-X


Off White

10

Off White

10

RAEFX

ECFX10IW-X End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. RFX



B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

DCEFXIW-X

Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. Use CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways.

Off White

10

RAEFXIW-X

Right Angle/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways.

Off White

10

Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceway.

Off White

10

RFX103IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceway

Off White

10


Off White

10

RFX53IW-X

B1.Cable Ties





F. Index

C2.81


Raceway Adapters for LD Raceway B1.Cable Ties

• Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings

• For use with Types LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 and LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 10 50 White

Part Number Part Description Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings. For CA3IW-X use LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.


Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings. For use LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.

CA5IW-X B3. Stainless Steel

CA3 CA5

Off White

10

50


C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

Cable Fill Capacities for LD Profile Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according ito the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.



LD3

LD5

LD10

.21 in2 .38 in2 1.00 in2

LDPH3 LDPH5 LDPH10 .17 in2 .33 in2

98 in2

LD2P10 – Left

LDP210 – Right

.43 in2

.50 in2

LDS3

LDS5

.21 in2 .38 in2

D1.Terminals


SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes. D2. Power & Grounding Connectors


Electrical Cables

E1. Labeling System Raceway Type & Configuration

Data Grade Cable

(in²)

FILL

E2. Labels MAX

MAX

FILL MAX

(UL Temp Rise Test)



F. Index

C2.82

Data Grade Cable

Audio/Video

14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill Area .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 FILL

SPEC

MAX

SPEC

(40%)

(60%)

(40%)

Fiber Optic Cable 2 Strand

DIA. = .175

FILL MAX

SPEC

FILL

MAX

SPEC

(60%) (40%) (60%) (40%)

MAX

(60%)

LD3

.21

—

—

—

2

3

1

2

1

2

4

LD5

.38

—

—

—

4

6

3

4

2

3

6

5 9

LD10

1.00

—

—

—

10

16

8

12

5

8

16

24

LDPH3

.17

9

7

4

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

4

LDPH5

.33

14

12

8

3

5

2

4

2

3

5

8

LDPH10

.89

18

18

16

9

14

7

10

5

8

14

22

LD2P10 – Left Channel

.43

14

11

8

4

6

3

5

2

3

7

11

LD2P10 – Right Channel

.50

—

—

—

5

8

4

6

3

4

8

12

LDS3

.21

9

6

4

2

3

1

2

1

2

3

5

LDS5

.38

10

8

5

4

6

3

4

2

3

6

9


Floor Guard • Accessory to route cables over carpet, concrete, or tile to prevent tripping • Flexible vinyl material can be easily cut to specific lengths

FG1** FG3**

• Cables route through underside of product B1.Cable Ties

Part Number FG1EI6-A

Part Description Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls.

Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Electric 1 Ivory

FG1EI50-A

Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls.

Electric Ivory

30

FG3EI50-A


Electric Ivory

1


Electric Ivory

30

FG3EI6S-A


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

Mounting tape is pre-applied only to FG3 in 6' lengths. ‡For other colors replace EI (Electric Ivory) with BR (Brown), YL (Safety Yellow), or BL (Black).


PAN-WAY ® Surface Raceway Cutting Tool

Part Number Part Description Used to cut all LD Profile Raceway. Leaves a clean burr-free finish SRT on raceway. Can also be used to cut plastic conduit.



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.83


Foam Tape • Acrylic foam tape – Recommended for high temperature and outdoor applications (180° F) and exposure to UV light

• Rubber foam tape – Excellent quick tack designed for long term shear loads in indoor applications up to 120°

B1.Cable Ties

Part Number


P32W2A2 P32W2R1

C2. Surface Raceway

Color

1/32'' Thick White Acrylic Adhesive

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

Part Description


P32W2A2-50-7

Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 7 yards, acrylic adhesive.

White

1

100

P32W2A2-75-7


White

1

60

P32W2A2-100-7

Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 7 yards, acrylic adhesive.

White

1

50

P32W2A2-50-72


White

1

9

P32W2A2-75-72


White

1

7

White

1

5

P32W2A2-100-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 72 yards, acrylic adhesive.

1/32'' Thick White Rubber Adhesive C3. Abrasion Protection


D1.Terminals

P32W2R1-50-7

Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 7 yards, rubber adhesive.

White

1

100

P32W2R1-75-7


White

1

60

P32W2R1-100-7

Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 7 yards, rubber adhesive.

White

1

50

P32W2R1-50-72


White

1

9

P32W2R1-75-72


White

1

7

P32W2R1-100-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive.

White

1

5

P32W2R1-150-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1.5" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive.

White

1

4


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.84




PAN-WAY ® TYPE T130 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY PAN-WAY ® T130 Multi-Channel Raceway provides a large capacity channel solution for routing low voltage, fiber optic, and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. The T130 Raceway System consists of raceway base, cover, fittings, termination hardware, and accessories.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

• Large capacity multi-channel raceway system • Lightweight

C1.Wiring Duct

• Tamper resistant C2. Surface Raceway


PANDUIT T130 Raceway can mount NEMA standard 70mm screw-on faceplates or available snap-on and pre-punched covers, power and low voltage applications. C4. Cable Management

D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.85


Type T130 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties


M B3. Stainless Steel

C B

J H

C1.Wiring Duct

K

1

G

D C2. Surface Raceway

1

C A

F


L See exploded view 1 pg. C2.88

E


C


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.86

N

A

O

P


1

TB130**, TC130** – T130 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.89)

G

TT130** – T130 Tee Fitting (page C2.90)

1

TD68 – T130 Divider Wall (page C2.89)

H

TIC130** – T130 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.90)

A

TEC130** – T130 End Cap Fitting (page C2.90)

J

T130DB-X – Hanging Device Bracket (page C2.92)

K

B

T130DBD-X – “Gangable” Device Bracket (page C2.92)

T130RMC** – Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.92)

C1.Wiring Duct

L

TRA130** – T130 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.90)

C2. Surface Raceway

C


M

TEE130** – T130 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.90)


N

TB5583-V – Type T Box (page C2.91)


O


D1.Terminals

P

T130G** – Pre-Cut Cover (page C2.91)

D

E

F

T130RMC2** – Double Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.92)

TOCC130** – T130 Outside Corner Fitting Cover (page C2.90)

TOCB130** – T130 Outside Corner Fitting Base (page C2.90)

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.87


Type T130 Configurations B1.Cable Ties



See page

A.

T130RMC2 = Double Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate.

C2.88

B.

EUR20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet.

C2.60

C.


D.

— C2.88

T130DBD-X = “Gangable” Device Bracket.

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

D B

C2. Surface Raceway


A

C



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

A B E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers


F. Index

C2.88

C

D

See page

A.

TB5583-V = Type T Box for T130 Raceway.

C2.87

B.

EUR20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).

C2.60

C.

T130G = Pre-Cut Cover for Type T Box and NEMA Faceplates.

C2.87

D.


C2.59


PAN-WAY ® Type T130 Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards

• Large capacity multi-channel system • Tamper resistant cover latch design

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

Internal Area = 10.96 Sq. In.

Part Number

Part Description

Raceway Size

Color‡

Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty.

Type T130 Raceway Base TB130IW8 TB130IW10 TB130 Base and TC130 Cover

T130 raceway base available in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.

5.10" x 2.70"

Off White

8

32

10

40

8

64

10

80

8

64

10

80

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

Type T130 Raceway Cover TC130IW8

T130 raceway cover available in 8' and 10' lengths. —

TC130IW10

Off White


Type T Raceway Divider Wall TD688 TD6810 TD68

Type T divider wall creates separate channels. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.

—

Gray

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.89


PAN-WAY ® Type T130 Raceway Fittings B1.Cable Ties

Part Number TCFC130IW-X B2. Cable Accessories

TCFC130 TCFB3070

TRA130

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

TRA130IR

TIC130

C2. Surface Raceway

TOCB130

TOCC130



TT130

T130TD


Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Cover together.

TCFB3070IW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Base together.

Std. Ctn. Qty. 100

Off White

10

—

TRA130IW

Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at right angles.

Off White

1

10

TRA130IR

T130 Bend Radius Insert. Works with T130 Right Angle and Tee Fittings.

Gray

1

10

TIC130IW

Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at inside corners.

Off White

1

10

TOCB130IW

Outside Corner Base Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at outside corners.

Off White

1

10

TOCC130IW

Outside Corner Cover Fitting. Used to cover T130 Outside Corner Base.

Off White

1

10

TT130IW

Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at tee intersections.

Off White

1

10

T130TD

Divided Tee Insert. To be used with T130 Tee Fitting.

Gray

1

10

TEC130IW

End Cap Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2" and 3/4".

Off White

1

10

TEE130IW

Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/2" and 2". Fitting accommodates entry from ceiling or wall.

Off White

1

10

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray).

D1.Terminals

TEC130

TEE130


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.90




Type T Raceway Accessories

Part Number Part Description TMB130-X Mounting Brackets. T130 Raceway is snapped onto brackets. Can be used as required anywhere along the raceway. TMB130-X

TWR130-X


Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Black 10 —

Gray

10

100

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

TWR130-X C1.Wiring Duct

PAN-WAY ® Pre-Cut Cover and Type T Outlet Box • For mounting standard NEMA faceplates • Cover length = 7.05" (179mm)

TBSR-Q

TB5583-V

C2. Surface Raceway

• Cutout dimension = 2.42" x 4.06" (61.5mm x 103mm)

Part Number Part Description Outlet Box. Used for mounting single gang NEMA standard TB5583-V electrical devices and faceplates.

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Gray 5 60

TBSR-Q

Strain Relief. Required to support cable connections in vertically mounted raceway applications. Snaps onto TB5583-V.

Gray

25

—

T130GIW

Pre-Cut Cover. Accepts standard NEMA electrical faceplates.

Off White

1

10



D1.Terminals

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray).


T130G

E1. Labeling System

PAN-WAY Pre-Cut Covers for Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates ®

• Snap-On Faceplate Pre-Cut Covers are for use with Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates • Cover couplers (located under Type T Raceway fittings) are required for each faceplate

• Cutout dimensions: 2.67" to 2.75" (60.1mm to 72.4mm) x 1.345" to 1.405" (34.2mm to 35.7mm)

Part Number Part Description T130K1IW Pre-cut Cover. Accepts one Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplate. T130K2IW T130K1

T130K2

Pre-cut Cover. Accepts two Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates.

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White Off White

1

10

E2. Labels



‡ For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray).

F. Index


C2.91


T130 Hanging Device Brackets Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Gray 10 —

B1.Cable Ties


T130DB-X

Part Number T130DB-X

Part Description Single Position Device Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles and standard communication module frames (including GFCI).

T130DBD-X

Gangable Device Brackets. Can be interlocked to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles (including GFCI) and standard communication module frames.

Gray

10

—

T130DBV

Single Position Vertical Device Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles (including GFCI) and standard communication module frames.

White

1

10

T130DBD-X

B3. Stainless Steel

T130DBD installed in Type T raceway C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

T130DBV C3. Abrasion Protection

T130 Snap-On Faceplates


T130DMC2

Part Number T130DMC2IW

Part Description Covers 2 NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical devices or standard communication module fames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. For use with T130DBD-X and TD688 or T6810 divider wall.

T130DMCIW

Covers NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover.

Off White

1

10

T130LMCIW

Covers NEMA standard twist lock electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover.

Off White

1

10

T130RMC2IW

Covers 2 NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. For use with T130DBD-X and TD688 or T6810 divider wall.

Off White

1

10

T130RMCIW

Covers NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover.

Off White

1

10

T130TDMCIW

Covers NEMA standard duplex electrical devices or standard communication module frames and provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates.

Off White

1

10

T130TMCIW

Provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates.

Off White

1

10

T130TRMCIW

Covers NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames and provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates.

Off White

1

10

T130DMC

D1.Terminals


T130LMC

T130RMC2

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

T130RMC

T130TDMC



T130TMC

Std. Std. Pkg. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White

T130TRMC

F. Index ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray)

C2.92




Quick Wire Fill Capacities for Type T130 Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to ithe wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

A = 2.56 in2

A = 10.96 in2 Wirefill #1: T130 Raceway with no devices.

A = 2.56 in2 C1.Wiring Duct

Wirefill #2: T130 Raceway – Power and data using T Box and U.S. Standard “Screw-On” Electrical/Communication Faceplates.

C2. Surface Raceway


A = 10.34 in2

4A = 3.72 in

Wirefill #3: T130 Raceway – Data only using Modular Furniture Faceplates.

4B = 3.52 in

2


2

Wirefill #4: T130 Raceway – Power and data using T130RMC2 Faceplate. D1.Terminals

MAX for Data = 60% wire fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.

SPEC = 40% wire fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes.

MAX for Power wire fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test. CR-SR-T-WireFill1


1. 2A. 2B. 3. 4A. 4B.

Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Coax Cable Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in²) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)

T130: No devices.

10.96

31

28

26

119

178

89

133

58

87

182

274

T130: Power and data using T-Box and U.S. Standard Faceplate.

2.56

17

15

14

28

42

20

31

14

20

43

64

2.56

—

—

—

28

42

20

31

14

20

43

64

10.34

—

—

—

108

162

84

126

55

82

166

249

3.72

20

16

17

40

60

30

45

20

30

66

99

3.52

—

—

—

38

57

28

43

19

28

80

120

T130: Data only using Modular Furniture Faceplate. T130: Power and data using T130TRMC2 Faceplate.


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.93


Notes B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.94


PAN-POLE ™ POWER AND COMMUNICATION POLES

PAN-POLE ™ Power and Communication Poles provide industry-leading solutions for cable routing in the open office environment. Available with pre-terminated electrical outlets with divided channel for power and communication applications or as an open channel communication pole.

B1.Cable Ties


• Tamper resistant cover • Bend radius control fitting (above ceiling) as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B • Complete with ceiling and floor mounting hardware

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


PAN-POLE ™ Power and Communication Poles accept NEMA standard 70mm screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates.


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.95


PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

• Dual channel aluminum pole is equipped with pre-terminated electrical outlets and provides channel separation for the installation of communication cabling and modules. • UL and CSA rated 600V

• Available in 11' or 13' lengths and supplied with a non-metallic cover • Electrical outlets are pre-wired

Pre-installed components include: 1. Blank non-metallic cover 2. Two 20A factory wired rectangular outlets with wiring fed through power channel to base of power entry box 3. Power entry with 1/2" and 3/4" conduit breakouts 4. Removable plate for power wiring connections 5. Ground screw pre-mounted behind removable plate

Supplied mounting hardware includes: 1. Entry end bend radius fitting 2. Ceiling T-bar bracket 3. Ceiling tile trim plate 4. End cap 5. End cap floor grip pad

C1.Wiring Duct

Std. Pkg. Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Off 1 PCPA11R20IW PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole Assembly is supplied in 11' length for maximum ceiling height of 10'. Dual channel design allows for the White installation of communication outlets.

C2. Surface Raceway

PCPA13R20IW PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole Assembly is supplied in 13' length for maximum ceiling heights of 12'. Dual channel design allows for the installation of communication outlets.


Off White

1

Communication Components sold separately. ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.96

PCPA11R20 PCPA13R20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.



Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole Utilizing Standard Screw-On Faceplates

B1.Cable Ties

Components Required

See page

A.

CPG** = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).

C2.59

B.


C.

T70SDB-X = Standard Faceplate Bracket.

C2.102

D.

PCPA**R20 Power Pole.

C2.96

®

—

®


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals

B


C

E1. Labeling System

A

E2. Labels

D



F. Index


C2.97


Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole B1.Cable Ties

Utilizing PANDUIT Snap-On Faceplates Components Required


A.

T70FV2** = Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.

B.


C.

PCPA**R20 Power Pole.

See page C2.52 — C2.96

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


B E1. Labeling System

A E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.98

C


PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole • Single channel aluminum pole for routing low voltage communication cabling only • Poles are available in 11' or 13' lengths and are supplied with a non-metallic cover

B1.Cable Ties

Supplied mounting hardware includes: 1. Entry end bend radius fitting 2. Ceiling T-bar bracket 3. Ceiling tile trim plate 4. End cap 5. End cap floor grip pad


B3. Stainless Steel

Std. Pkg. Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Off 1 PCPA11IW PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole Assembly is supplied in 11' length for maximum ceiling height of 10'. White PCPA13IW

PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole Assembly is supplied in 13' length for Off maximum ceiling height of 12'. White

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

1

Communication Components sold separately. ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



PCPA11 PCPA13

F. Index


C2.99


Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole B1.Cable Ties

Utilizing Standard Screw-On Faceplates Components Required B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

See page

A.

CPG** = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).

B.


C.

T70SDB-X = Standard Faceplate Bracket.

C2.102

D.

PCPA** = Communication Pole.

C2.99

C2.59 —

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


B

C

E1. Labeling System

A E2. Labels



F. Index

C2.100

D


Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole B1.Cable Ties

Utilizing PANDUIT Snap-On Faceplates Components Required

See page

A.

T70FV2** = Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.

B.


—

C.

PCPA** = Communication Pole.

C2.99


C2.52

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals

B D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

A

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

C



F. Index


C2.101


PAN-POLE ™ Extension Kits B1.Cable Ties

Part Number PCPAK22IW

Part Description PAN-POLE ™ Extension Kit. To extend the 11' pole to 22'. Extension kit includes: Fully assembled 11’ pole with brace/coupler, additional wiring and screws. NOTE: Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 11' pole to make the required length.

PCPAK16IW

PAN-POLE ™ extension kit. To extend the 13' pole to 16'. Extension kit includes: Fully assembled 3’ pole with brace/coupler, additional wiring and screws. NOTE: Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 13' pole to make the required length.


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

PCPAK22 PCPAK16


Off White

1

All product color is (IW) Off White.

C2. Surface Raceway



PAN-POLE ™ Power Addition Kits & Standard Faceplate Bracket • Power addition kits (UL listed for field installation) provide for the addition of power outlets • Allow for the installation of up to three additional duplex outlets (Five outlets max.)

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 PCPAKR20IW Power addition kit includes 20A rectangular outlet with two mounting screws, outlet mounting bracket with one mounting White screw and snap-on faceplate.

D1.Terminals


• Outlets may be added to the existing factory wired circuit or one additional circuit may be added

PCPAKR20

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

PCPAKR

PCPAKRIW

Power addition kit includes outlet mounting bracket with one mounting screw and snap-on faceplate. Rectangular power outlet purchased separately.

Off White

1

10

T70SDB-X


Gray

10

—

‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). When purchasing Power Addition Kit with 20A Outlet, use with PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole, PCPA11R20IW and PCPA13R20IW. When purchasing Power Addition Kit without Outlet, rectangular power outlet needs to be purchased separately. Use with PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole, PCPA11R20EI and PCPA13R20EI.



T70SDB-X

F. Index

C2.102




PAN-POLE ™ Replacement Parts

Part Number Part Description PCPKITIW Replacement includes: Bend radius control ramp, two thumb screws, one 2-piece ceiling trim plate, and one end cap with floor grip pad. Also available in EI (Electric Ivory) PCPTP

PCPKIT

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 5 White

B1.Cable Ties


PCPTPIW

Replacement ceiling trim plate.

Off White

1

—

PCPECIW

Replacement end cap with floor grip pad. Also available in EI (Electric Ivory).

Off White

1

—

PCPBRC

Replacement bend radius control ramp with T-bar bracket for attaching pole to T-bar. Includes mounting screws.

Gray

1

—

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

PCPEC

C2. Surface Raceway

PCPBRC C3. Abrasion Protection


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C2.103


Cable Fill Capacities for PAN-POLE ™ Power and Communication Poles B1.Cable Ties

This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.

B2. Cable Accessories 2A

2A

2B

2B

B3. Stainless Steel

A = .47 in2 C1.Wiring Duct

A = 2.75 in2

A = .43 in2

A = 2.15 in2

Cable fill #1: Power Pole with Data Terminals using Vertical Sloped Snap-on Communication Faceplate.

Cable fill #2: Power Pole with Data Terminals using Sloped Screw-on Communication Faceplate.

3

4

C2. Surface Raceway


A = 3.47 in2 C4. Cable Management

A = 2.83 in2

Cable fill #3: Communication Pole using Vertical Sloped Snap-on Communication Faceplate.

Cable fill #4: Communication Pole using Sloped Screw-On Communication Faceplate.

D1.Terminals



MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test. CR-SR-PanPole-WireFill1

Electrical Cables

E1. Labeling System Fill Area (in²)

E2. Labels 1A. 1B. 2A. 2B. 3.


F. Index

C2.104

Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 FILL FILL FILL FILL SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)

14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM




4.

Power Pole: Power Channel. Power Pole: Data Channel using Sloped Snap-On Faceplate. Power Pole: Power Channel. Power Pole: Data Channel using Sloped Screw-On Faceplate. Communication Pole using Sloped Snap-On Faceplate. Communication Pole using Sloped Screw-On Faceplate.

THHN/T90 .122 .153 FILL MAX MAX MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) .105

.47

—

11

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2.75 .43

— —

— 11

— —

30 —

45 —

22 —

33 —

15 —

22 —

46 —

69 —

2.15

—

—

—

23

35

17

26

11

17

36

54

3.47

—

—

—

38

57

28

42

18

28

58

87

2.83

—

—

—

31

46

23

34

15

22

48

72


ABRASION PROTECTION PANDUIT abrasion protection products provide an economical and easy way to insulate, protect, bundle and color-code components and cable.To help assure optimum quality,PANDUIT abrasion protection products are designed and manufactured to meet applicable quality standards including International, UL, Military, ISO and Aerospace.

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

• Variety of solutions to bundle and protect wire and cable • Wide variety of sizes and materials • Used in a broad range of applications such as underground, control panels, harness fabrication and coin operated machines

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway


PANDUIT abrasion protection products provide quality at the lowest installed cost. With a continued focus on new product development, PANDUIT continues to meet customer needs. PAN-WRAP ™ Split Harness Wrap features a patented slot pattern to improve flexibility and abrasion protection. Spiral wrap and heat shrink are offered in the largest variety of colors, materials and sizes to meet a variety of needs. Grommet edging protects wire and cable from damage caused by sharp edges.


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C3.1


PAN-WRAP ™ Split Harness Wrap B1.Cable Ties

• Patented slot pattern provides improved flexibility and abrasion protection in any application • Unique wall design provides for easy cable breakouts • Innovative design maintains uniform bundle protection in dynamic applications

• Large overlap accommodates a wide range of bundle diameters • Packaged on a reel for easy handling and dispensing of product • -40°F to 122°F (-40°C to 50°C) temperature range


B3. Stainless Steel

Color Black

PW50F-T

Polyethylene

Natural

200 61.1

.55

14.0

.43

10.9

.50

12.7

1

Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene Polyethylene Natural

200 61.1

.55

14.0

.43

10.9

.50

12.7

1

200 61.1

.55

14.0

.43

10.9

.50

12.7

1

100 30.5

.81

20.6

.55

14.0

.75

19.1

1

100 30.5

.81

20.6

.55

14.0

.75

19.1

1

100 30.5

.81

20.6

.55

14.0

.75

19.1

1

100 30.5

.81

20.6

.55

14.0

.75

19.1

1

100 30.5

1.13

28.7

.81

20.6

1.00 25.4

1

100 30.5

1.13

28.7

.81

20.6

1.00 25.4

1

100 30.5

1.13

28.7

.81

20.6

1.00 25.4

1

100 30.5

1.13

28.7

.81

20.6

1.00 25.4

1

50

1.63

41.4

1.13

28.7

1.50 38.1

1

PW50FR-T20

Polyethylene

PW75F-C20 PW75FR-C


PW75FR-C20 PW100F-C

PW100FR-C PW100FR-C20

D1.Terminals

PW150F-L

Polyethylene

PW150FR-L PW150FR-L20

Black

Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene Polyethylene Natural Polyethylene

PW150F-L20


Black

Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene Polyethylene Natural

PW100F-C20 C4. Cable Management

Nominal Std. I.D. Pkg. In. mm Qty. .50 12.7 1

Material Polyethylene

PW75F-C C2. Surface Raceway

Min. Bundle Diameter In. mm .43 10.9

Part Number PW50F-T20

PW50FR-T C1.Wiring Duct

Length Max. Bundle Per Reel Diameter‡ ft M In. mm 200 61.1 .55 14.0

Black

Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene

15.2

50

1.63

41.4

1.13

28.7

1.50 38.1

1

50

15.2 15.2

1.63

41.4

1.13

28.7

1.50 38.1

1

50

15.2

1.63

41.4

1.13

28.7

1.50 38.1

1

‡Diameter can be further reduced with the use of cable ties.

E1. Labeling System

PAN-WRAP ™ Installation Tools E2. Labels


• Patented installation tool with 180° opening allows easy loading of maximum bundle diameters to speed installation, providing the lowest installed cost

PWT100

Color White White White

For Use With PW50F*–*** PW75F*–*** PW100F*–***

Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1

PWT150

White

PW150F*–***

1

Part Number PWT50 PWT75


Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 10 10 10

F. Index

C3.2




Part Number System for Spiral Wrap T

25

F

Type

Outside Diameter

T = Spiral Wrap

12 = 1/8"

–

C

16

Material

Package Size

Color Suffix See Table Below

F = Polyethylene

X = 10'

25 = 1/4"

R = Fire Resistant Polyethylene

Q = 25'

38 = 3/8"

FR =Flame Retardant Polyethylene

L = 50'

50 = 1/2"

N = Nylon

C = 100'

62 = 5/8"

T = TEFLON‡

T = 200'

75 = 3/4"

TL = 250'

100 = 1"

D = 500'

B1.Cable Ties

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

M = 1000'

C2. Surface Raceway

MATERIAL AVAILABILITY Color

Color Suffix

Natural*

No Suffix will be listed

✓

Weather Resistant Black

0

✓

Brown

1

✓

Red

2

✓

Orange

3

✓

Yellow

4

✓

Green

5

✓

Blue

6

✓

Purple

7

✓

Gray

8

✓

White

10

✓

Pink

16

✓

Black

20

✓

Polyethylene

Fire Resistant Polyethylene ✓

*

Flame Retardant Polyethylene ✓


Nylon 6.6

*

TEFLON‡ C3. Abrasion Protection

✓

✓

✓


D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

✓

✓

E2. Labels

Blank = Not applicable ‡TEFLON or equivalent fluoropolymer PTFE material is used. TEFLON is a registered trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours Co. *Natural can range from transparent, opaque, to white



F. Index


C3.3


Spiral Wrap B1.Cable Ties

• Multiple colors allow easy identification of cable bundles • Installation tool supplied in each package

• Harness multiple cables into a single manageable bundle • Allows breakouts of single/multiple cables • Provides protection for cables


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

Part Number C2. Surface Raceway

Material

Color

T12F-C T19F-C

Natural

T25F-X T25F-C C3. Abrasion Protection

T25F-C1 T25F-C10 T25F-C16 T25F-C2


T25F-C3 T25F-C4 T25F-C5 T25F-C6

D1.Terminals

T25F-C7 T25F-C8 T38F-C T50F-X


T50F-C T50F-C1 T50F-C10 T50F-C16

E1. Labeling System

T50F-C2 T50F-C3 T50F-C4 T50F-C5

E2. Labels

T50F-C6 T50F-C7 T50F-C8

Polyethylene

T75F-C T100F-C


F. Index

C3.4

Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4

Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .19 4.8 .25 6.4 .25 6.4

Brown White Pink Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple Gray Natural Natural Natural Brown White

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10 100 100 100

30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 3.05 30.5 30.5 30.5

3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4

4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6

.25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .38 .50 .50 .50 .50

6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7

Pink Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple Gray

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5

3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2

9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3

.50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .62

100

30.5

5/8 to 5

15.9 to 127.0

100

30.5

7/8 to 6

22.2 to 152.4

T62F-C E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 10 3.05 100 30.5

Natural

Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information.

Temperature Range

Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .89 .04 1.02 .04 1.02

Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1

.04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .05 .06 .06 .06 .06

1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.9

.06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06

1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.57

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

.75

19.1

.06

1.65

1

1.00

25.4

.07

1.78

1

-40°F to 122°F (-40°C to 50°C)


Spiral Wrap (continued)

Part Number

Material

Color

T12F-C0 T19F-C0 T25F-X0 T25F-C0

Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 10 3.05 100 30.5

Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4

100 10 100 100

30.5 3.05 30.5 30.5

5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4

7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6

1/2 to 4 1/2

12.7 to 114.3

T75F-C0

100

30.5

5/8 to 5

T100F-C0

100

30.5

T12R-C

100 100 100

Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .19 4.8 .25 6.4 .25 6.4

Temperature Range

Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .89 .04 1.02 .04 1.02

Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1

B1.Cable Ties


.38 .50 .50 .62

9.5 12.7 12.7 15.9

.05 .06 .06 .06

1.40 1.50 1.50 1.57

1 1 1 1

15.9 to 127.0

.75

19.1

.06

1.65

1

7/8 to 6

22.2 to 152.4

1.00

25.4

.07

1.78

1

30.5 30.5 30.5

1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2

1.6 to 12.7 3.2 to 25.4 4.8 to 50.4

.12 .19 .25

3.3 4.8 6.4

.03 .03 .04

.76 .89 1.02

1 1 1

C2. Surface Raceway

100 100 100 100

30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5

5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2

7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3

.25 .38 .50 .62

6.4 9.5 12.7 15.9

.04 .05 .06 .06

1.02 1.40 1.50 1.57

1 1 1 1


100

30.5

5/8 to 5

15.9 to 127.0

.75

19.1

.07

1.65

1

T100R-C

100

30.5

7/8 to 6

22.2 to 152.4

1.00

25.4

.07

1.78

1

T12FR-C

100

30.5

1/16 to 1/2

1.6 to 12.7

.12

3.3

.03

.76

1

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5

1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2

1.6 3.2 3.2 4.8

.12 .19 .19 .25 .25 .38 .38 .50 .50 .62 .62 .75 .75 1.00 1.00

3.3 4.8 4.8 6.4 6.4 9.5 9.5 12.7 12.7 15.9 15.9 19.1 19.1 25.4 25.4

.03 .03 .03 .04 .04 .05 .05 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .07 .07

.76 .89 .89 1.02 1.02 1.40 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.57 1.57 1.65 1.65 1.78 1.78

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

T38F-C0 T50F-X0 T50F-C0 T62F-C0

Weather Resistant Polyethylene

T19R-C

Black

Natural

T25R-C T25R-C20 T38R-C T50R-C T62R-C

Black Fire Resistant Polyethylene

T75R-C

Natural

-40°F to 122°F (-40°C to 50°C)

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct


D1.Terminals T12FR-C20 T19FR-C T19FR-C20 T25FR-C T25FR-C20 T38FR-C T38FR-C20 T50FR-C T50FR-C20 T62FR-C T62FR-C20 T75FR-C T75FR-C20 T100FR-C T100FR-C20

Flame Retardant Polyethylene*

Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black

to to to to

12.7 25.4 25.4 50.4

5/16 to 3

7.9 to 76.2

3/8 to 4

9.5 to 101.6

1/2 to 4 1/2

12.7 to 114.3

5/8 to 5

15.9 to 127.0

7/8 to 6

22.2 to 152.4

-40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)

*Flame retardant products are manufactured from a material that is rated UL94V-0. Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information.


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C3.5


Spiral Wrap (continued) B1.Cable Ties

Part Number

Material

Color

Nylon 6.6

Natural

T12N-C B2. Cable Accessories

T19N-C T25N-C T38N-C T50N-C

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

T62N-C


30.5

5/8 to 5

15.9 to 127.0

.75

19.1

T100N-C

100

30.5

7/8 to 6

22.2 to 152.4

1.00

25.4

T12N-C0

100 100 100 100 100

30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5

1/16 to 1/2 3/16 to 2 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2

1.6 to 12.7 4.8 to 50.4 7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3

.12 .25 .38 .50 .62

3.3 6.4 6.4 12.7 15.9

T75N-C0

100

30.5

5/8 to 5

15.9 to 127.0

.75

T100N-C0

100

30.5

7/8 to 6

22.2 to 152.4

T12T-C

100 100 50 25 25

30.5 30.5 15.24 7.62 7.62

1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2

T75T-X

10

3.05

T100T-X

10

3.05

T38N-C0 T50N-C0

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

Black

T19T-C T25T-L T50T-Q T62T-Q

D1.Terminals


Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .12 4.8 .25 6.4 .38 9.7 .50 12.7 .62 15.9

100

T62N-C0


Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4 5/16 to 3 7.9 to 76.2 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 12.7 to 114.3

T75N-C

T25N-C0 C2. Surface Raceway

Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5

TEFLON‡

Natural

Temperature Range

Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .80 .40 1.02 .55 1.40 .06 1.50 .62 1.57

Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1

.06

1.65

1

.07

1.78

1

.03 .04 .05 .06 .06

.76 1.02 1.40 1.50 1.50

1 1 1 1 1

19.1

.06

1.65

1

1.00

25.4

.07

1.78

1

1.6 to 12.7 3.2 to 25.4 4.8 to 50.4 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3

.12 .19 .25 .50 .62

3.2 4.8 6.4 12.7 15.9

.03 .03 .04 .06 .06

.76 .89 1.02 1.50 1.57

1 1 1 1 1

5/8 to 5

15.9 to 127.0

.75

19.1

.06

1.65

1

7/8 to 6

22.2 to 152.4

1.00

25.4

.07

1.78

1

-40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C)

-40°F to 365°F (-40°C to 180°C)

Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information. ‡TEFLON is a registered trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours, Co.

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index

C3.6




Part Number System for Grommet Edging GEE Type GE = Grommet Edging Strips

36 Max. Panel Thickness 36 = .036" thickness

62 GEE = Slotted 99 Grommet Edging 144 GES = Solid Grommet Edging 189

–

F

C

0

B1.Cable Ties

Material

Adhesive

Package Size

Color Suffix

F = Polyethylene

A = Adhesive Lined

Q = 25'

0 = Weather Resistant Black

L = 50'

Leave Blank = Natural

= .062" thickness

N = Nylon 6.6

= .099" thickness

FR = Flame Retardant Polyethylene

= .144" thickness

–

A

Leave Blank = Non-Adhesive


C = 100' B3. Stainless Steel

= .189" thickness

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway

Grommet Edging • Use product on irregularly shaped and round panel hole • Provided in .030" (.8mm) thick material making it highly flexible



B

A

Part Number

Width A In. mm

Height B In. mm

Material

Color

D1.Terminals

Panel Thickness Range In. mm

Std. Pkg. Qty.

Slotted GEE36F-C

.106

2.7

.117

3.0

Polyethylene

Natural

.026 – .036

0.7 – 0.9

1

GEE36F-C0

.106

2.7

.117

3.0


Black

.026 – .036

0.7 – 0.9

1

GEE62F-C

.131

3.3

.160

4.1

Polyethylene

Natural

.036 – .062

0.9 – 1.6

1

GEE62F-C0

.131

3.3

.160

4.1


Black

.036 – .062

0.9 – 1.6

1

GEE99F-C

.169

4.3

.186

4.7

Polyethylene

Natural

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

GEE99F-C0

.169

4.3

.186

4.7


Black

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

GEE144F-C

.213

5.4

.222

5.6

Polyethylene

Natural

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

GEE144F-C0

.222

5.6

.222

5.6


Black

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

GEE62F-A-C

.131

3.3

.160

4.1

Polyethylene

Natural

.036 – .062

.9 – 1.6

1


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C3.7


Grommet Edging (continued) B1.Cable Ties

GEE62F-A-C0

Width A In. mm .131 3.3

Height B In. mm .160 4.1

GEE99F-A-C

.169

4.3

.186

GEE99F-A-C0

.169

4.3

GEE144F-A-C

.213

5.4

Part Number B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals




F. Index

C3.8

Std. Pkg. Qty. 1

Material Weather Resistant Polyethylene

Color Black

4.7

Polyethylene

Natural

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

.186

4.7


Black

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

.222

5.6

Natural

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

Black

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

.026 – .036

.7 – .9

1

GEE144F-A-C0

.213

5.4

.222

5.6

GEE36FR-C

.106

2.7

.117

3.0

GEE62FR-C

.131

3.3

.160

4.1

GEE99FR-C

.169

4.3

.160

3.9

GEE144FR-C

.213

5.4

.222

5.9

GEE47N-C

.131

3.3

.14

3.5

GEE55N-C

.133

3.4

.14

GEE71N-C

.150

3.8

.14

GEE98N-C

.180

4.6

.14

3.5

GEE134N-C

.210

5.3

.14

3.5

GE318-L

.455

11.3

.255

6.5

GE255-L

.385

9.8

.240

6.1

GES36F-C

.106

2.8

.117

3.1

GES36F-C0

.106

2.8

.117

GES62F-C

.131

3.3

GES62F-C0

.131

3.3

GES99F-C

.169

GES99F-C0 GES144F-C

Polyethylene

.036 – .062

.9 – 1.6

1

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

.039 – .055

1.0 – 1.4

1

3.5

.047 – .063

1.2 – 1.6

1

3.5

.063 – .079

1.6 – 2.0

1

.091 – .106

2.3 – 2.7

1

.126 – .142

3.2 – 3.6

1

Natural

.255 –.318

6.5 – 8.1

50

Natural

.192 – .255

4.9 – 6.5

50

Polyethylene

Natural

.026 – .036

.7 – .9

1

3.1


Black

.026 – .036

.7 – .9

1

.160

4.1

Polyethylene

Natural

.036 – .062

.9 – 1.6

1

.160

4.1

Black

.036 – .062

.9 – 1.6

1

4.3

.186

4.8


Natural

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

.169

4.3

.186

4.8

Black

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

.213

5.4

.222

5.6

Polyethylene

Natural

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

GES144F-C0

.213

5.3

.222

5.6


Black

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

GES189F-C

.30

7.6

.300

7.6

Polyethylene

Natural

.144 – .189

3.7 – 4.8

1

GES189F-C0

.30

7.6

.300

7.6


Black

.144 – .189

3.7 – 4.8

1

GES62F-A-C

.131

3.3

.160

4.1

Polyethylene

Natural

.036 – .062

.9 – 1.6

1

GES62F-A-C0

.131

3.3

.160

4.1


Black

.036 – .062

.9 – 1.6

1

GES99F-A-C

.169

4.3

.186

4.8

Natural

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

GES99F-A-C0

.169

4.3

.186

4.8

Black

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

Natural

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

Black

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

.026 – .036

.7 – .9

1

.036 – .062

.9 – 1.6

1

.062 – .099

1.6 – 2.5

1

.099 – .144

2.5 – 3.7

1

Flame Retardant Polyethylene

Natural

Nylon 6.6

Solid

E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels

Panel Thickness Range In. mm .036 – .062 .9 – 1.6

GES144F-A-C

.213

5.3

.222

5.6

GES144F-A-C0

.213

5.3

.222

5.6

GES36FR-C

.106

2.8

.117

3.1

GES62FR-C

.131

3.3

.160

4.1

GES99FR-C

.169

4.3

.186

4.8

GES144FR-C

.213

5.3

.222

5.6

Polyethylene

Flame Retardant Polyethylene


Natural



Grommet Edging (continued)

Part Number

Width A In. mm

Height B In. mm

Material

Color

Panel Thickness Range In. mm

Std. Pkg. Qty.

Military Standard MS21266 in 12 3/4" lengths GE52-C

.150

3.8

.155

3.9

Nylon 6.6

.015 – .052

.4 – 1.3

100

GE52-C69

.150

3.8

.155

3.9

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6

.015 – .052

.4 – 1.3

100

GE85-C

.175

4.5

.155

3.9

Nylon 6.6

.052 – .085

1.3 – 2.2

100

GE85-C69

.175

4.5

.155

3.9


.052 – .085

1.3 – 2.2

100

GE128-C

.220

5.6

.155

3.9

Nylon 6.6

GE128-C69

.220

5.6

.155

3.9


GE192-L

.325

8.3

.230

5.8

GE192-L69

.325

8.3

.230

GE380-Q

.515

13.1

GE510-Q

.640

16.3

.085 – .128

2.2 – 3.3

100

.085 – .128

2.2 – 3.3

100

Nylon 6.6

.128 – .192

3.3 – 4.9

50

5.8


.128 – .192

3.3 – 4.9

50

.255

6.5

Nylon 6.6

.318 – .380

8.1 – 9.7

25

.255

6.5

Nylon 6.6

.380 – .510

9.7 – 13.0

25

Natural

B1.Cable Ties


B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway



D1.Terminals


E1. Labeling System

E2. Labels



F. Index


C3.9